1997jaguar XK8 Range Electrical Guide PDF

BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
cardiagn.com
1997 Range Electrical Guide
cardiagn.com
XK8 Range 1997 User Instructions
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format

This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general informa-
tion for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XK8 electrical /
electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e.
Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
COUPE Coupe Vehicles
CONV. Convertible Vehicles
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
cardiagn.com
LHD Left-Hand Drive
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XK8 Electrical System Architecture
The XK8 system “architecture” is new to Jaguar vehicles and features vehicle multiplexing. Multiplexing allows for greatly
simplified wiring harnesses, while at the same time allowing flexibility in programming market variants. Two data net-
works are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a stan-
dard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the
CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network, or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages
for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix
by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XK8 uses a serial data bus (ISO) for diagnostics and for
the programming of certain control modules.
The XK8 uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous vehicles.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 1

Table of Contents XK8 Range 1997
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9

User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 10 – 15
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 16
Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location ............................. 17
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 18
Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 19
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 20 – 22
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 23
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
cardiagn.com
2 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

XK8 Range 1997 Userof
Table Instructions
Contents
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution – Driver and Passenger Fuse Boxes ..... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution – Trunk, Engine Compartment,
EMS Fuse Boxes ........................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator

03.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator ............................................................. All Vehicles
cardiagn.com
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 1 .......................................... AJ26 NAS Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 2 .......................................... AJ26 NAS Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 1 ........................................ AJ26 ROW Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 2 ........................................ AJ26 ROW Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 Automatic Transmission ........................................................ All Vehicles
05.2 ...... Gear Shift Interlock ........................................................................ All Vehicles
06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control, Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control, Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings

08.1 ...... Instrument Packs ........................................................................... All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting – Front ................................................................. All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting – Rear .................................................................. All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

Table of Contents XK8 Range 1997
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting .............................................................................. All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles
11 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension

11.1 ...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles
11.2 ...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... All Vehicles
11.3 ...... Mirror Movement .......................................................................... All Vehicles
11.4 ...... Mirror Electrochromic Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors ................................ All Vehicles
11.5 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver’s Seat – Memory ................................................................. Memory Seat Vehicles
cardiagn.com
12.2 ...... Driver’s Seat – Non Memory .......................................................... Non Memory Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Passenger’s Seat – 3-Way Movement ........................................... 3-Way Movement Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger’s Seat – 2-Way Movement ........................................... 2-Way Movement Vehicles
13 Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking ..................................................................... All Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System

14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top

15.1 ...... Window Lifts ................................................................................. All Vehicles
15.2 ...... Convertible Top .............................................................................. Convertible Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment; Telephone

16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment – Convertible .................................. Convertible Vehicles
16.2 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment – Coupe ......................................... Coupe Vehicles
16.3 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles
16.4 ...... Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles
17 Supplementary Restraint System

17.1 ...... Airbag System ............................................................................... All Vehicles
18 Ancillaries
18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors;
Garage Door Opener ...................................................................... All Vehicles
19 Vehicle Network Systems

19.1 ...... Networks; Serial Data Links ........................................................... All Vehicles

Component Index
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1 BRAKE SWITCH – LHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
ACCELEROMETERS ............................................................... Fig. 11.5 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 BRAKE SWITCH – RHD ........................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 CATALYST SWITCHING MODULE .......................................... Fig. 04.3
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1 CATALYST THERMOCOUPLES .............................................. Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2 CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1
AIR INTAKE – LH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
AIR INTAKE – RH ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE ....................................... Fig. 17.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
cardiagn.com
AIRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR ............................... Fig. 17.1 CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
AIRBAGS ................................................................................. Fig. 17.1
COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 11.2
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1
COMPRESSOR LOCK SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 07.1
ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.3
CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH ..................................... Fig. 11.4
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1
CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP ..................................................... Fig. 15.2
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .... Fig. 08.2
CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH .................................................. Fig. 10.2
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ...................... Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 10.2
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH ................................................... Fig. 04.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .............. Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1 D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 DELAY TIMER ......................................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL POTENTIOMETER ........................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 DIMMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ..................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 DIODE (BT29) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 DIODE (LT2) – TRANSIT ISOLATION ....................................... Fig. 01.1
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

Component Index XK8 Range 1997
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1 FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ....................................... Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 FOOTWELL LAMPS ................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 FRONT FOG LAMPS ............................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 FRONT LAMP UNITS .............................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID ................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 FUEL PUMP ............................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ........................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 FUSE BOX – DRIVER SIDE ...................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1
DOOR LOCK SWITCH – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
cardiagn.com
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2 FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 FUSE BOX – PASSENGER SIDE .............................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1

EGR VALVES ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.2 GEAR SELECTOR MODULE ................................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2 GLASS BREAKAGE SENSOR (ROOF CONSOLE) .................... Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 HANDSET ................................................................................ Fig. 16.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.3
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR ........................................................ Fig. 04.1 HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL VALVE ......................... Fig. 04.1 HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP (CONV.) ....................................... Fig. 09.2

Component Index
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP (COUPE) ..................................... Fig. 09.2 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) .................................. Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1 MICROPHONE (TELEPHONE) ................................................. Fig. 16.4
IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1 MID-BASS SPEAKERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3
INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.2 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK .................................................. Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
cardiagn.com
INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1
MIRROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............. Fig. 11.3
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR (ELECTROCHROMIC) ......... Fig. 11.4 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
KEY FOB ANTENNAS .............................................................. Fig. 13.1 MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ................... Fig. 05.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
KICKDOWN SWITCH – LHD .................................................... Fig. 05.1 NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.2
KICKDOWN SWITCH – RHD ................................................... Fig. 05.1 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1
KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3 ................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
LAMP CONTROL MODULE .................................................... Fig. 09.2 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.2
LATCH CONTROL VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 15.2 PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ...... Fig. 09.3
POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.3
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .......................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2 POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4 POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1 PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
MAIN CONTROL VALVE ......................................................... Fig. 15.2
QUARTER LIGHT LIFTS ........................................................... Fig. 15.2
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4
RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3

Component Index XK8 Range 1997
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1 SIDE MARKERS (NAS ONLY) .................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.3
SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
RADIO ILLUMINATION ........................................................... Fig. 10.2
SQUAB (HEATERS) – DRIVER ................................................. Fig. 12.1
READER / EXCITER COIL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) ............. Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
REAR INTERIOR LAMP (COUPE ONLY) .................................. Fig. 10.1 SQUAWKERS (FASCIA) ........................................................... Fig. 16.3
REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKERS ............................ Fig. 16.1 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2 (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 06.1
REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKERS .............................. Fig. 16.3 STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
REAR SUB-WOOFERS ............................................................ Fig. 16.3 STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.2 SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2
REGULATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR MEMORY ............................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.1 ................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2
cardiagn.com
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1 SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3 TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.4
SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – DRIVER ...................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
SEAT CUSHION (HEATER) – PASSENGER .............................. Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 12.1 TOP CLOSED SWITCH ............................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
TOP DOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH ............................................... Fig. 15.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1 TOP RAISED SWITCH ............................................................. Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
TOP READY-TO-LATCH SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 15.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.3
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE .................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4 TRANSMISSION ELECTRICS .................................................. Fig. 05.1
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1

(GEAR SELECTOR MODULE) ........................................... Fig. 13.2
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.2
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1 TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH ............................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2 ................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TRUNK LAMP S ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
SECURITY SOUNDER ............................................................. Fig. 13.3
TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID ................................................. Fig. 13.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS (ROW) ................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1

Component Index
TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
TWEETERS .............................................................................. Fig. 16.3
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2

................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1

................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1
VOICE RECOGNITION ACTIVATION SWITCH

(NAS VEHICLES ONLY) .................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.4
cardiagn.com
WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) .................... Fig. 14.1
WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR

(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ....................................... Fig. 15.1
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR

(PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK) ............................... Fig. 15.1
WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1
WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1
WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

User Instructions XK8 Range 1997
Figure and Data Page Layout

Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-
bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-
ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
cardiagn.com
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit con-
nections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 UserInstructions
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.1
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

P Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
D EM10-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BATTERY BT66 / EYELET TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
D EM10-6 OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS BT67 / EYELET
I EM11-6 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING) B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA / AIRBAG BRACKET
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE (OPTIONAL) EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE
EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE
P Pin Description Active Inactive GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE / OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
ST11 / EYELET
D FC22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION) BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 (FLYLEAD) / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
NEUTRAL SWITCH FC89 (FLYLEAD) / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / SLATE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR ST2 / EYELET ENGINE BLOCK
ST3 / EYELET
ST10 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 (FLYLEAD) / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC/ RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FORWARD OF GENERATOR
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHIELD
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR) – RIGHT HAND LEG /LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3AS EYELET (SINGLE) / LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
cardiagn.com
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED
FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
XK8 Range 1997 Battery; Starter; Generator Battery; Starter; Generator Fig. 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 BT80 ST1
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1
BT68 BATTERY HIGH POWER

PROTECTION MODULE
NB
15 B+
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WO 02.1
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WN FC14-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 75
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
BK
FC14-92 37 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC3BL (III) ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY †
I B
POWER
FC14-103
BK BK RU RU I I BK
LOGIC
FCS47 FC89-3 FC89-1 FC14-7 FC14-65
BK
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE FC3AS
I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
CRANK
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL GLASS BREAKAGE
AND IGNITION SU D SECURITY
FC22-9 ACKNOWLEDGE
SECURITY Y Y Y NOTE: Check market specification and/or

D D SECURITY
vehicle option specification for fitment of
ACKNOWLEDGE FCS74 ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM3-8 FC22-17 Security Immobilization System.
D O O D
O.K. TO START O.K. TO START
EM10-6 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
(OPTIONAL)
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
ST2 N N
6
B
36 WK ST10
II
PI50-2
REGULATOR STARTER MOTOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK – CHARGE INDICATOR 08.1
SW SW SW
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) have connector pin

numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown.
Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
Output D Serial and Encoded
II II VARIANT: All Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
Fig. 02.1 VIN RANGE: All
1 5 54 84 Fig. 01.3 41 58 Fig. 01.5 Signal Ground (SG) C
CAN (Network) S
SCP Network DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996
II E E E
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

FIGURE PAGE

NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
X Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X X X Ignition Switched Power Supply
I II E
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION)
and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
cardiagn.com
X XX XX
I II Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X BPM Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different
figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this in-
stance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are
used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs
are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances
where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are
noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference
flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I O D C S
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules.
The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also
employed on the corresponding data page.

User Instructions
Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes

N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
SPLICE
W White L Light
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
BULB R Red T Tan
Y Yellow BRD Braid
CAPACITOR
When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
CONNECTOR
indicate the tracer color(s).
Wiring Harness Codes

Code Description
DIODE
AC Air Conditioning (Climate Control)
AN Generator Suppression Module
AS Generator to Starter
DIODE (IN HARNESS) BB Trunk Bridging Link
XX1-X XX1 XX1-X
BC Main Power Distribution
BL Trunk Lid
cardiagn.com
BT Trunk
EYELET AND STUD
DD Door, Driver
DP Door, Passenger
FUSE
EL Engine Management Cruise Control Link
EM Engine Management
EN Engine Management Side Marker Link
LOGIC GROUND FC Fascia
FL LH Front Wheel
FR RH Front Wheel
IC In-Car Entertainment
POWER GROUND IS Inclination Sensor Link
LF Left Forward
LL Power Steering Link
LED
PI Engine
LED QL Convertible LH Quarter Light Link
QR Convertible RH Quarter Light Link
MOTOR RF Roof
RH Rearward
POTENTIOMETER
RL LH Rear Wheel
RR RH Rear Wheel
RT Radio Telephone
RESISTOR SA Starter to Generator Link
SC Column Switchgear
SOLENOID SD Seat, Driver
SP Seat, Passenger
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SW Steering Wheel
TL Telephone
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
Code Numbering
THERMISTOR When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002,
TRANSISTOR etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes
AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes AC2-1, etc.
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE

Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER

EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)

FC7-15 (RHD)
Harness code Pin number

Connector number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER

EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components,
in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to
show wires from other circuits.
cardiagn.com
RHS3 RHS3
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Harness code Splice number
Splice
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1 BT29 BT29-2
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the re-
lay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector.
In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay
are identified by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
AC20 4 AC20 9
3 5 8 10
1 2 6 7

User Instructions
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND STUD NUMBER + EYELET STUD POSITION (A,B,C) + EYELET DESIGNATION (S,L,R)
Eyelet stud position

There may be up to three eyelets on one stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud:
A – first (bottom), B – second (middle), C – third (top).
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’, which is identi-
fied by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
cardiagn.com
EXAMPLES:
Harness code Harness code Harness code

Ground stud number Ground stud number Ground stud number
FC2S LF1AR BT1CS
Single leg eyelet RH leg of eyelet Single leg eyelet

First eyelet on stud Third eyelet on stud
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground
designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
EM2AR LHD Vehicles

BT1AL Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
(EM1AR) RHD Vehicles

Connectors XK8 Range 1997
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040 Multilock 070

Low current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection High current (used as harness and ‘direct’ connection
connector). connector).
Econoseal III LC Econoseal III HC

Low current sealed connector. High current sealed connector.
cardiagn.com
Ford Card
Used for SRS only.

XK8 Range 1997 Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location Main Power Distribution; Ground Point Identification and Location
GROUND POINTS MAIN POWER DISTRIBUTION
ENGINE COMPARTMENT GENERATOR

FUSE BOX LF70
ST11
LF1
STARTER
MOTOR
ST3
LF2 FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
BT80
ST1
ENGINE MANAGEMENT ENGINE MANAGEMENT

FUSE BOX (RHD) EM70 EM70 FUSE BOX (LHD)
LF3
RHD
EM2 EM1
cardiagn.com
FC3 FC1
(QUIET GROUND) (QUIET GROUND)
FC4 FC2 DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD) PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (LHD)
PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD) DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX (RHD)
FC90 BT79 FC90
FC93 EM71 FC92
FC91
CE2 RHD LF71
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT GROUND
TUNNEL
STUD CONNECTOR
FC6 FC5
RH3
(KEYFOB ANTENNA)
RH2 RH1
BT61
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT60
BT68 BT62
BATTERY GROUND BT63
BT66
BT1
+
BATTERY
BT3 BT2
– BT68
BT67
TRUNK FUSE BOX BT64

Harness Layout Harness Layout XK8 Range 1997
LHD RHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE FRONT OF VEHICLE
LF2 LF1 LF2 LF1
LF41 LF42 LF41 LF42

FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
FL – LH FRONT WHEEL FL – LH FRONT WHEEL FR – RH FRONT WHEEL
ST – STARTER LINK
ST – STARTER LINK
PI – ENGINE LL – POWER STEERING LINK PI – ENGINE
LF – LEFT FORWARD EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT LF – LEFT FORWARD EL – ENGINE MANAGEMENT

CRUISE CONTROL LINK CRUISE CONTROL LINK
PI1 EM60 LL1 EL1 OR PI1 EM60 EL1 OR
PI2 PI2
LF3 EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT LF3 EN – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
SIDE MARKER LINK SIDE MARKER LINK
LF3 LF3
LF40 LF40
EM2 EM1 EM2 EM1 EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT
AC – AIR CONDITIONING EM – ENGINE MANAGEMENT AC – AIR CONDITIONING
(CLIMATE CONTROL) (CLIMATE CONTROL)
cardiagn.com
LF1 AC12 EM1 LF1 AC12 EM1
LF2 AC16 AC13 EM2 LF2 AC16 AC13 EM2
DD1 LF60 AC14 EM3 DP1 DP1 LF60 AC14 EM3 DD1
AC15 AC15
FC3 FC1 FC3 FC1
DD – DRIVER’S DOOR FC4 FC2 DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR DP – PASSENGER’S DOOR FC4 FC2 DD – DRIVER’S DOOR
SC1
SC2 SC1
SC3 RF1 SC2
RF1 SC3
SC4
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR RF – ROOF SC4
SC – COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SW – STEERING WHEEL SW1

SW2 FC – FASCIA FC – FASCIA SW1 SW – STEERING WHEEL
SW2
TL – TELEPHONE TL – TELEPHONE RF – ROOF
RT3 RT20 RT3 RT20
RT – RADIO TELEPHONE IC1 RT – RADIO TELEPHONE IC1

IC2 IC2
IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT IC – IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

FC6 FC5 FC6 FC5
IC4 IC4
SD1 SP1 SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT SP – PASSENGER’S SEAT SP1 SD1 SD – DRIVER’S SEAT
SD – DRIVER’S SEAT SD2 SP2 SP2 SD2
RH1 RH1
RH2 RH2
RH12 RH12
RH14 RH14
RH – REARWARD RH – REARWARD
BT – TRUNK BT1 BT – TRUNK BT1

BT2 BT2
RH5 RH6 BT3 RH5 RH6 BT3
RH2 RH1 BT4 RH2 RH1 BT4
BT58 BT58
QL – CONVERTIBLE QR – CONVERTIBLE QL – CONVERTIBLE QR – CONVERTIBLE
LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK LH QUARTER LIGHT LINK RH QUARTER LIGHT LINK
BT3 BB1 BT1 BT3 BB1 BT1
BT2 BT2
BT72 BL1 BT73 BT72 BL1 BT73
RL – LH REAR WHEEL RR – RH REAR WHEEL RL – LH REAR WHEEL RR – RH REAR WHEEL
BL – TRUNK LID BL – TRUNK LID

BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK BB – TRUNK BRIDGING LINK

XK8 Range 1997 Control Module Identification and Location Control Module Identification and Location
LHD RHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RADIATOR FAN CONTROL

RELAY MODULE RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL ABS / TRACTION CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
cardiagn.com
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
POWER ASSISTED STEERING POWER ASSISTED STEERING CATALYST SWITCHING MODULE

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
DIMMER MODULE DIMMER MODULE
DRIVER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT PASSENGER SEAT DRIVER SEAT

CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR MODULE GEAR SELECTOR MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING SECURITY AND LOCKING

LAMP CONTROL MODULE ADAPTIVE DAMPING LAMP CONTROL MODULE

ADAPTIVE DAMPING

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location XK8 Range 1997
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
LF37
EM7
EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BY — ND — — BRD UY BU — — BS — U BRD N US RP — — W RB — B OG OK — RS OU
55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29
WB WB RU RY OB — — — — — RG R — G — — — — Y S — B YP YU — YB OR
cardiagn.com
88 87 86 85 84 83 82 81 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56
— — Y G — Y G — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
LF37 / 25-WAY AMP HYBRID / BLACK

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
W R UP WU P U — B WY
TOP
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
— — — UB R G RY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
UO US S G Y Y O B NR
EM14 EM15 EM13 EM12 EM11 EM10
EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / SLATE
6 5 4 3 2 1 11 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R R BK WR GY GY B 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 PU PS — — — — — — — SP W KN YW WU YR YN YG YU WU P — SR — — O WK UN ULG UG WR
— RY RG BU BW BY BO PN
12 11 10 9 8 7 22 13 12 16 15 14 13 12 11 11 10 9 8 7 7 6 5 13 12 11 10 9
G G B B B B B 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 — B WU W GR PY RW PW — RY SG SLG — — GO SG O K PG US NO
— — — BS BN BG BP —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
LGU LGW LGO LGK UB — B Y S N U N R G GY UP U G UY UW UW BG — — Y PK G OU
34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 22 21 20 19 18 16 15 14 13 12 28 27 26 25 24 23 22
LPG LGS LGR LGY — O P BG BP — — BY BY K R BG BY BG Y G Y G — BK B

XK8 Range 1997 Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK

BT41 BT40
BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK (NAS) BT40 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
— — — — — — YP — RY — LGY — R S OG NK YW GW UG OB OR
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
— — — — — — — YR — — — — — U NY BK BK — UO — GR
BT41 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK (ROW)
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
— — — BK — LGS — — RY — — — —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14
YO — — — — — — YR — — — — —
cardiagn.com
FC25 FC26 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC25 / 48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL / BLACK FC26 / 24-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL / BLACK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
BK WG RN — — SO — — — SU — — UY R — — — — S U — — Y Y RK OW PY SG OU UB ON RG RS OB RB RU
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
NR B RO RO — — — — BR — Y O — — — — — — — — — — G G BW RW OU YW OS OG OS UW RLG SW OP UR
DD11 DD10
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BP KS LGU OU SN UG OB OB SU SY PN PG BY N
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
WG — — OY — YO YN — OU GW PO PW PB BG U BK
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16

UN UP GY — — OR — PK PU WU BR BO B S
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE

FC14
FC14 / 104-WAY AMP EEEC / SLATE

79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 DP11 DP10
NG NB GR GR GB U S ON SK YG LGR BG BW SU YK LGO RS PW — GB PN BR PW NY B NY
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
RK RB SP UW — SB PY RY KG LGU SW — BK PU UR US OK GS SR — GO RW — GK GP PG
DP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK DP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
GO RW S U SW WN RG LGK OU LGW LGR OR Y WU RW UY BLG OY UG — — OG — GY RW BS 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
— — LGU — — — — OB SU SY PN PG PY N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
RY GY GK GU SO YW RU — LGU SR YB OP GO UB WO RY OS YS WLG OG — WB WO NW B YG — — — — — — — — OU GW PO PW PB BG U BK
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
NOTE: (NAS) PIN 13 NOT USED — — GY — — — — PK PU WU — BO B S

Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location XK8 Range 1997
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SD3 SD4 SD5 SP3 SP5
SD3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK SD4 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK SD5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK SP3 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK SP5 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 6 7 8 9 10 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 7 8 9 10
UY UW KW KY GN GP GW GY WP — — — WB — — — — — — — — — — G S U UY UW KW KY GN GP GW GY — — G S U
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5
PS PO OK R OB OR KS KO WG WU B — W WN — — — WR WY WO — B B US UO NK PS PO OK R OB OR KS KO B B US UO NK
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE
cardiagn.com
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
BT69
FC22
FC29 FC30
FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN (NAS)

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
BT69 / 35-WAY AMP / BLACK — SU — — O — — — — —
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
— PB UB RB — ON U US NS K — OB OW OK OY OU — — — — Y O — — — — —
FC29 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / BLACK FC30 / 12-WAY FORD CARD / SLATE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
7 8 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 8 7 SO UP UW — — — — — — O WR — OR OG OP — — B
WK OW OP — YU ON BK RS KU KG RW RW
FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN (ROW)
1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1
— — — BK YW R WK RG KP KN RP — 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
— SU OG OR O — NR — — SB
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
— — — Y O — WO WN BK —
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
LAMP CONTROL MODULE
AC4 AC3 AC2 AC1 BT18
AC4 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE AC3 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE AC2 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE AC1 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / SLATE BT18 / 26-WAY AMP MQS / YELLOW
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 7 8 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
12 13 22 14 15 24 25 26
B GW OU UB LGW BW BK O SY SR — WP UB KU OU OR YG — UY — UK GP LGN RW LGP RU SR Y NR — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
WR B — — — — UR GU
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
1 2 11 1 2 11 12 13
WN WU NY PY UG P UN K ULG S SG SB OY UG OP RG YW — SU SG US GO UY PS LGR RY PR PY RB — UP UO RY RK RU UB UW RO RG RW WG R BK
WP GY — RLG U — UW UO

XK8 Range 1997 Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR (STRIPE) / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK (BLUE) / BLUE INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLUE STRIPE AND A BLUE CONNECTOR. IF THERE IS NO COLOR SHOWN IN PARENTHESES, THE RELAY CASE DOES NOT HAVE A STRIPE. SOME RELAYS
CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS. THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.
Fuel injection relay

brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Wiper FAST/SLOW relay
black / black Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
LH blower motor relay Wiper RUN/STOP relay
blue / blue black / black
Door mirror heater relay
RH blower motor relay blue / blue Air conditioning compressor clutch relay EMS control relay
blue / blue brown / brown brown / bus
Ignition positive relay (LHD)
Driver side fuse box (LHD) Engine Management
Auxiliary positive relay (RHD)
Passenger side fuse box (RHD) fuse box
brown / bus
DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL RELAYS LH FASCIA RELAYS LH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Heater pump relay

brown / bus
Front fog relay

brown / bus
cardiagn.com
Main beam relay
brown / bus
Powerwash relay
brown / bus
Dip beam relay
brown / bus
Horn relay
brown / bus
Engine compartment Ignition positive relay
fuse box brown / bus
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS
TRUNK RELAYS RH FASCIA RELAYS RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Tail lamp relay

brown / bus Auxiliary positive relay (LHD) Engine Management
Passenger side fuse box (LHD) Ignition positive relay (RHD)
Driver side fuse box (RHD) fuse box
Heated backlight relay Convertible only brown / bus
brown / bus
Starter relay EMS control relay
Rear fog relay brown / brown brown / bus
brown / bus
Top up relay LH windshield heater relay
black / black brown / brown
Door locking relay
Top down relay violet / violet Fuel injection relay
Fuel pump relay black / black RH windshield heater relay brown / brown
brown / bus LH quarter up relay Air conditioning isolate relay brown / brown Throttle motor power relay
Stop lamp relay black / black violet / violet brown / brown
brown / bus LH quarter down relay Ignition coil relay
Ignition positive relay black / black brown / brown
brown / bus RH quarter up relay
Accessory connector relay black / black
brown / bus RH quarter down relay
black / black
Trunk fuse box

COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location I Access
BA”ERY BT66,EYELET TRUNK,RIGHTWNDSIDE
BT67,EYELET
DELAYTIMER VRANSITMlNlHARNESSi LT3,II-WAYRELAY,BROWN TRUNK,ADJACENT
TOBATTERY
DlODEiLTZi-TRANSITlSOLATlON LT2,DlOOE TRUNK,ADJACENT
TOBA”ERY
FUSE BOX- DRIVER SIDE Rx, 10-WAY u T A F”SE6OX, NATURAL FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
FC6.i ID-WAY U.S.A. FUSEBDXIELACK
FC90, EYELET
FC92, EYELET
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 i 10.WL\Y u T.A. FUSEBOX, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRON7
LF6,10-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK
LF7 i ?&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
LB, 10.WAY U T.A FUSEBOX, BLUE
LF70, EYELET
FUSE BOX- ENGlNE MANAGEMENT EM19,IO-WAYUTA F”SEBOX,WHiTE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20, IOwiAY U.T.A. FVSEBOX, BLACK
EM70, EYELET
FUSE BOX PASSENGER SIDE FC20,10-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, NAWRAL FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE
FC21, IO-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX: BLACK
FCW, EYELET
FC93 /EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TR”NK,ELECTRICALCARRIER
BT,, , 10.WAY u T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
BT12, ,O~WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
ETIS, IO~WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
BT64, EYELET
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE Bml, EYELET TRUNKiADJACENiTO BATTERY
BT61, EYELET
BT62, EYELET
BTS3, EYELET
TRANSIT ,SOLATlON DEVICE 8744, P-WAY ECONOSEAL //I HC, BLACK TRUNKiADJACENTTO 6A”ERY
BT65, EYELET
BT66, EYELET
cardiagn.com
LT,, LUCAR
TR”NKACCESSORY CONNECTOR BTZS, SWAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN, BLACK TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location I Access
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX
GNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX
IGNlTlON POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
lGNlTlON POSlTiVE RELAY BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
Connector Type I Color Location / Access
8149 LUCAR TR”NK,ADJACENTTO BAnERY
BT79 EYELET TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BVLKHEAD. RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM71 EYELET TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FC91 EYELET TRANSM,SSlON TUNNEL
LF71 EYELET TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL
ST1 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENTiFALSE BVLKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
ET68 BATTERY GROUND
STUD
BTZBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG /TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BTlES EYELET (SINGLE) ITRUNK, RIGHT REAR
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XK8 Range 1997 Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
TUNNEL FALSE BULKHEAD

STUD CONNECTOR STUD CONNECTOR
N N N
6 03.1 STARTER
BT61 BT80 ST1
250A x 2 BT79 EM71
N N
B N BT62 FC91 LF71
BT67 BT66 BT60

250A
BT63 N N
BATTERY HIGH POWER N

PROTECTION MODULE
BT68
RHD
LHD
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE - NO

WINDOW LIFT OPERATION 15.1 26
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BT44-2
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE - NY 25 A
WINDOW LIFT OPERATION 15.1 50
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BT44-1
11 13 10 9 PK 04.1 ECM CONTROL

II I II II (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BATTERY POST B+
(BT65) (BT66)
RG N WN N N RG N N RG N N
cardiagn.com
12 RG R R G G BT12-9 FC21-6 FC6-6 LF7-9 EM20-6
II LTS1 LT2-2 LT2-1 LTS2 LT1
BT49-2 LT2
BT64 FC90 FC93 FC92 FC90 LF70 EM70

TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 3
G IGNITION POSITIVE AUXILIARY POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE IGNITION POSITIVE EMS CONTROL
LT3-4 RELAY † RELAY RELAY RELAY † RELAY
R 1 2 3 4 5
II
1 I
2 II
3 II
4 E
5
LT3-3
NLG NS
27
BT25-1 LT3-1
09.2 07.2
PN
BT25-3
07.2 09.1
B B 09.2 09.1
BT25-2 LT3-2
04.2 04.4 14.1
BT2BR BT2BS TRUNK DELAY TIMER
ACCESSORY 09.2 09.1
CONNECTOR 18.1 13.2 13.3 18.1
RELAYS RELAYS
NOTE: BT2BR – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
NOTE: The Delay Timer and Mini-harness (LT) maintain
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS

IGNITION POWER BUS
current to the Body Processor Module and other vehicle

systems for a short period of time after the ignition is
switched off. The Transit Isolation Device, Delay Timer
and Mini-harness are removed from the vehicle prior to
delivery to the customer.
TRUNK FUSE BOX PASSENGER SIDE DRIVER SIDE ENGINE COMPARTMENT ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX FUSE BOX

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX - DRIVER SIDE FC5, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL FASClA, DRIVER SIDE
FCS, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
Fl-Qn
_““, / F”Fl
_, ___,FT
FC92, EYELET
FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SIDE FCX, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE
FC21,10-WAY “.TA FUSEBOX, BLACK
FC90, EYELET
FC93, EYELET
Connector Type / Color Location I Access
AC12 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTiNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC73 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC14 14~WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BOTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET t RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC16 B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOVNTlNG BRACKET, ‘4, POST TRIM
BT2 l%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW TRUNKIABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT58 b-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DDI 2%WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 X-WAY AMP FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘K POST, ‘K POST TRIM
IC2 14WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF, ?O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRlM
RF1 IB-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,‘,4 POST TRlM
RH14 ?~WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RH2 20-WPIY MULTILOCK 070: WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RT20 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
SD1 *-WAY MULlLOCK 070 iYELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SPI B-WAY MULTlLOCK cm, YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
Battery Power Distribution –
XK8 Range 1997 Battery Power Distribution – Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes Driver and Passenger Side Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.2
3 2
NK NK NK NK
7 11.4 12.1 12.2 30 11.4 12.3 12.4
BATTERY POWER BUS

BATTERY POWER BUS
#1 20A FC6 SD1-2 #1 20A FC21 SP1-2

-1 -1
NS NS NR
8 07.2 31 13.1
#2 10A FC6 NR
-5
NU #2 10A FC21 FCS89 NR
9 14.1 -5 32 13.1
NU NU NU #3 FC21 NW
10 14.1 -3 33 13.1
#3 30A FC6 LF1-20 LFS20 NW NW
-3
NU DP1-4 DPS2 NW
11 14.1 34 15.1
RW NW NW NW
12 17.1 35 11.2 11.3 12.1
#4 5A FC21 AC13-14 ACS3
-8
RW RW NW
13 17.1 36 11.3 11.4 15.1
#4 10A FC6 FCS39 NW NW
cardiagn.com
-8
RW DD1-4 DDS2 NW
14 17.1 37 13.1
NB NB NW
15 BPM 38 10.1 13.1 13.2 15.1
#5 15A FC5
-9
NR NP
16 06.1 09.1 09.2 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 39 16.4
NP NP
NR NR NR #5 10A FC20 RT20-10 RTS2 NP
17 13.2 18.1 -9 40 16.4
#6 5A FC5 FCS19 RF1-7
-10
NR NY NY
18 13.2 41 07.1
NY AC12-20
NR
NY NY #6 10A FC20 FCS23 NY
19 BPM -10 42 07.1
#7 15A FC5
-4
NP NB NB
20 19.1 NOTE: Data Link Connector power supply: 43 BPM
Fuse #6 – early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) #7 20A FC20
-4
NP NP
21 11.2 Fuse #8 – volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 ➞) N
44 12.3 12.4
#8 5A FC5 FCS5 N N
-7
N #8 5A FC20 SP1-5 SPS1 N
22 12.1 12.2 -7 45 12.3 12.4
NP N NOTE: SPS1 – 3-way seat only.
#9 FC5 SD1-5 SDS6 N NP
-2 23 12.1 12.2 46 16.1 16.2 16.3
NP NP
NW (LHD) NU (RHD) NW (LHD) NU (RHD) #9 10A FC20 IC2-13 ICS1 NP
24 07.2 -2 47 16.1 16.2 16.3
#11 20A FC6 AC16-3 (LHD)
-2
AC15-2 (RHD) NU (LHD) NW (RHD) NU (LHD) NW (RHD)
48 07.2
#13 FC6 #11 20A FC21 AC15-2 (LHD)
-4 -2
NO NO NO N AC16-3 (RHD)
25 10.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1
#15 25A FC5 FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD) DD1-22 #13 FC21
-3 -4
AC15-20 (RHD) NY NY NY N
49 10.1 11.3 13.1 13.2 13.3 15.1
NO NO NO #15 25A FC20 FCS82 AC15-20 (LHD) DP1-22
26 01.1 15.1 -3 AC16-1 (RHD)
RH2-8 BT2-8
NLG NLG NLG NY NY NY
27 01.1 18.1 50 01.1 15.1
NLG RH14-2 BT58-2 RH2-13 BT2-2
#17 10A FC5 FCS40 NLG NG NG
-1 28 18.1 51 BPM
#17 15A FC20
-1
NR NR NP
29 08.1 52 10.2
#18 5A FC5 NP
-6
#18 10A FC20 FCS88 NP
-6 53 10.2
DRIVER SIDE PASSENGER SIDE

FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
BPM NOTE: Body Processor Module

appears in numerous Figures.
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
FUSE BOX - ENGlNE COMPARTMENT LF5,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT
LF6, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
LF,, ,&WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
LB, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
LF70, EYELET
FUSE BOX-ENGINE MANAGEMENT EP.419, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20,,0-WA” “.T A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
EM70, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, IO~WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
ET,, , 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
BT,2,10-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
BTi3, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
BTS&, EYELET
IC4 G-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE TRUNK, LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
Battery Power Distribution –
XK8 Range 1997 Battery Power Distribution – Trunk, Engine Compartment, EMS Fuse Boxes Trunk, Engine Compartment, EMS Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.3
1 4 5
RELAYS RELAYS
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.1
COUPE NK
54 09.2 11.4 15.2
NK
55 15.2
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS

NK CONV. NK NW
56 15.2 70 13.2
cardiagn.com
#1 5A BT13 BTS36 #9 10A LF6 #1 EM20
-7 -3 -1
NK
57 15.2
#10 LF8 #2 EM20
-2 -5
NK NLG NW NW
58 15.2 71 04.2 04.4 07.2 75 03.1
#12 30A LF7 #3 25A EM20
-3 -3
NS NS NG NO
59 11.5 72 04.2 04.4 07.2 76 04.1 04.3
#2 20A BT13 #14 30A LF8 NO
-1 -4
NG NY #4 5A EM20 EMS41 NO
60 16.1 16.2 16.3 73 06.1 -8 77 05.1
#16 30A LF7
-4
NG NG NG NR NY NY
61 16.3 74 06.1 78 04.2 04.4
#9 10A BT11 BTS42 IC4-1 #18 30A LF5 #5 10A EM19
-3 -1 -9
NG NG
62 16.3
IC4-2 #20 LF5 #6 EM19
-3 -10
NY NY
63 13.1 13.2 13.3
#10 20A BT13 #22 LF5 #7 EM19
-2 -2 -4
NU NLG
64 15.2 79 04.2 04.4 07.2
NU #8 10A EM19
ENGINE COMPARTMENT -7
#12 20A (CONV.) BT12 BTS32 NU FUSE BOX NG
-3 65 15.2 80 04.1 04.3
#9 30A EM19
-2
NO
66 15.2
NO #11 EM20
-2
#14 40A (CONV.) BT13 BTS4 NO
-4 67 15.2
#13 EM20
-4
#16 BT12 NG
-4 81 07.2
#15 30A EM19
-3
#18 BT10 NR NP
-1 68 15.2 82 07.2
NR #17 30A EM19
-1
#20 20A (CONV.) BT10 BTS31 NR NW
-3 69 15.2 83 04.2 04.4
#18 10A EM19
-6
#22 BT12
-7
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
TRUNK FUSE BOX FUSE BOX
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
FUSE BOX- DRIVER SIDE FC5, IO-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
FC6,,0-WAY “.T A FUSEBOX, BLACK
FC90, EYELET
FCSZ, EYELET
FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5, IO-WAY “.T.A FUSEBOX, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT
LF6, IO-WA’, “.T.A FUSEBOX, BLACK
LF,, 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX /GREEN
LFB, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
LF70, EYELET
FUSE BOX- PASSENGER SlDE FCX, 10.WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL FASCIA i PASSENGER SIDE
RX,, ,O-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
FC90, EYELET
FC93, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRlER
ET,, , IO-WAY U T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
ET,2,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX 1 GREEN
BT13, ,&WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
8764, EYELET
AC15 IO-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, SLATE FASClA 6O”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM2 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW ENGiNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
icz 11-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
LF40 II-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF60 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE LEFT HAND’N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKETI’A POSTTRIM
PI2 13 WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
cardiagn.com
RF1 18.WAY MULTLDCK 070 /YELLOW RlGHT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POSTTRIM
XK8 Range 1997 Ignition Switched Power Distribution Ignition Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.4
3 1
II WP II
6 07.2
II
IGNITION POWER BUS

WP 7 07.1
II WN
#10 FC6 WP 8 07.1 #3 5A BT13
-7 II -8
WP WP WP WR WR 26 11.5
FCS8 ACS17 WP II
#12 10A FC6 AC15-3 9 07.2 #4 5A BT13
-10 II -9
IGNITION POWER BUS
WG WG 27 09.2
WP II
10 07.2 #5 5A BT11
II -2
WP 11 11.1 WN
II
BT10
-9
WG 12 04.2 04.4 28
II II
WG WG 13 08.1
FCS29 II
#14 10A FC5
-8
WG WG 14 04.3 09.2
II
EM2-17
WR WR 07.2
15 11.4
II
RF1-1 04.2 04.4
WR 16 07.2
WR WR II
RELAYS
EM2-3 EMS15 WR 17 07.2
WR II
#16 5A FC5 FCS63 WR 18 19.1 TRUNK FUSE BOX
cardiagn.com
-5 II
WR 19 05.1
II
WR 20 05.1
II
DRIVER SIDE
FUSE BOX
2 4
I II
WB 29 05.1
WG WG WB WB II
21 16.4
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS

I EMS42 WB
#10 5A FC21 RT20-12 #1 10A LF8 LF40-13 30 05.1
-7 -7 II
WY WY 22 16.1 16.2 16.3
I WR
#12 5A FC21 IC2-12 #2 LF8 31 13.2
-10 -1 II
WU WU 23 18.1
I WR
#14 20A FC20 32 09.3
-8 II
WK 24 17.1 WR
WK I LFS5 WR
#3 5A LF8 33 09.3
-8 II
#16 5A FC20 FCS32 WK 25 17.1
-5 I WR WR 34 09.3
II
LF60-9
WU WU 35 06.1
II
#4 5A LF8
-9
WK WK 36 03.1
II
PI2-12
PASSENGER SIDE
FUSE BOX WK 37 03.1
WK WK II
#5 10A LF6 LF40-10 EMS6 WK 38 04.1 04.3

-2 II
WR
LF5 WK 39 04.2 04.4
-9 II
40
II
07.2
09.1
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
FUSE BOX- ENGINE MANAGEMENT EMIS, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX iWHiTE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
EM70, EYELET
Connector Type I Color Location I Access
ELI B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI1 ST-WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
cardiagn.com
XK8 Range 1997 Engine Management Switched Power Supplies Engine Management Switched Power Supplies Fig. 01.5
5
E
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS

WR 41 04.1 04.3
E
WR WR 42 04.1 04.3
EMS7 E
#10 5A EM20
-7
WR 43 05.1
cardiagn.com
E
WR 44 04.1 04.3
WR WR E
EL1-1 ELS3 WR 45 04.1 04.3

E
WU WU 46 04.2 04.4 07.2

E
LF40-12
WU 47 04.1 04.3
E
WU WU WU WU 48 04.1 04.3
EMS16 PIS6 E
#12 10A EM20 PI1-28
-10
WU 49 04.1 04.3
E
WP 50 04.1
WP WP E
PI1-47 PIS8 WP 51 04.1

E
WP 52 04.1 04.3
E
WP 53 04.1 04.3
E
WP WP 54 04.1 04.3
EMS30 E
#14 10A EM19
-8
WP 55 04.2 04.4
E
WP 56 04.1 04.3
E
WP 57 04.2 04.4 07.2

E
WY 58 04.1 04.3
E
#16 5A EM19
-5
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
lGNlT,ON SWITCH iKEY~,N SWITCHi FC4 (FLYLEAD), B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH FL%, J-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ADJACENTTO LEFT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX
AC13 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070 !YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT, ZO~WAIY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LF60 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 !WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKETi’A’ POST TRIM
RH2 2%WAY MULTILOCK 070: WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
FClBL EYELET IPAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘fl POST
cardiagn.com
XK8 Range 1997 Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1
III III III III
II II II II
I I I I
IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH IGNITION SWITCH

(OFF) (I) (II) (III)
WO 2 14.1
II
WO 3 13.2
III RW II
1 BPM
FC4-1 WO 4 19.1
II WO II
FC4-3 FCS26 WO 5
cardiagn.com
BPM
BK I WN II
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 WO WO WO 6 04.1 04.3 05.2 06.1 09.2 11.5

BK ACS15 II
AC13-2
IGNITION SWITCH
WO 7 04.1 04.3 05.2 06.1 09.2 11.5
II
FC3BL
RG 8 13.1 15.2
II
WO FC46-2 RG RG 9 01.1
FC46-1 RG II
LF60-8
FC46-3 FCS25 RG 10 01.1
II
INERTIA SWITCH
RG RG RG RG 11 01.1
BTS-7 II
RH2-9 BT1-16
RG 12 01.1
II
WN 13 01.1
I
WN WN WN 14 18.1
I
RH2-10 BT1-18
WN 15 10.2
I
WN 16 13.2
FCS20 I
WN 17 BPM
I
WN WN 18 07.1
I
AC13-1
WN 19 19.1
I
BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous Figures.
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

c7 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
D EM,&17 SECURlrYACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS BATTERY BTBS, EYELET TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
D EM,&6 OKTO START-ENCODEDCOMMUNICATIONS BT67, EYELET
/ EM,,-6 ENGINE CRANK E- BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,104-WAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA:AIRBAG BRACKET
GROUND ICRANKING
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlO,28~WAY MULTiLOCK 040 iSLATE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT/CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, , IB~WAY M”LTILOCK040,SLATE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE (OPTIONAL) EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040, SLATE
EM13,34-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,SLATE
V Pin Description Active Inactive GENERATOR AN,, EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RlGHT FRONT
ANZ, EYELET
D FC22-9 GLASS BREAKAGE, OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION1
ST? 1 , EYELET
D X22-16 OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATIONi
HlGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BTSO, EYELET TR”NK,ADJACENTTO BATTERY
D FC22-17 SECURlTYACKNOWLEDGE iENCODED COMMUNICATION1 BT61 , EYELET
BT62, EYELET
BT63 : EYELET
,GNiTlON SWITCH IKEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 (FLYLEAD), B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEYTRANSPONDER MODULE FCZ, 20.WAY MULTILOCK 040, GREEN ADJACENTTO PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
NEUTRAL SWITCH FC89 ,FLYLEADl, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
REGULATOR iGENERATOR PI50 /SWAY SUMlTOMO 0902, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR ST?, EYELET ENGINE BLOCK
ST3 i EYELET
STIO, EYELET
SUPPRESSiON MODULE AN3 (FLYLEAD,, Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF GENERATOR
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector I Color Location I Access
STARTERRELAY BROWN EM50, BROWN RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
cardiagn.com
BT80 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD. RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM, l&WAY MVLTILOCK 070 /WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 19.WAY MVLTILOCK 070 /YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENT,AD.V,CENTTO RGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 1 I-WAY MVLTILOCK 070, SLATE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMS0 2-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HCI BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BEHIND LEFT INNER FENDER HEAT SHiELD
PI, 57WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST1 EYELET ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FALSE BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUNDS
Ground Location I Type
BT68 BATTERY GROUND STUD
FCSER EYELET (PAIR) - RGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
FCBAS EYELET WNGLEI, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
0 output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) MS Milliseconds
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XK8 Range 1997 Battery; Starter; Generator Battery; Starter; Generator Fig. 03.1
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N N
BT61 BT80 ST1
250A x 2
N 01.1
BT62
B N
BT67 BT66 BT60 250A BT63 N 01.1
BT68 BATTERY HIGH POWER

PROTECTION MODULE
NB
15 B+
FC14-80 O GO GO GO
FC14-73 EM1-15 EMS28
III RW RW I
1
FC4-1 FC14-41
II WO 02.1
FC4-3 Y D EM50
BK I WN FC14-39 NW 3 5 WR
02.1 75
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-2 SU D
BK
FC14-92 37 WK 1 2 GO
IGNITION SWITCH II
FC3BL (III) ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
STARTER RELAY †
I B
POWER
FC14-103
BK BK RU RU I I BK
cardiagn.com
LOGIC
FCS47 FC89-3 FC89-1 FC14-7 FC14-65
BK
NEUTRAL SWITCH
FC3BR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE FC3AS
I GO
ENGINE EM11-6
CRANK
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL GLASS BREAKAGE
AND IGNITION SU D SECURITY
FC22-9 ACKNOWLEDGE
SECURITY Y Y Y NOTE: Check market specification and/or

D D SECURITY
vehicle option specification for fitment of
ACKNOWLEDGE FCS74 ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 EM3-8 FC22-17 Security Immobilization System.
D O O D
O.K. TO START O.K. TO START
EM10-6 EM2-18 FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
(OPTIONAL)
WR WR
ST3 EM60-2
ST2 N N
6
B
36 WK ST10
II
PI50-2
REGULATOR STARTER MOTOR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK – CHARGE INDICATOR 08.1
SW SW SW
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM1-14 PI1-11 PI50-1
N B
AN3-1 AN1 ST11
B
AN3-2 AN2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION MODULE

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY s- 0” BRAKE SWITCH LHD AC26 iFLYLEADi (4.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B- B- BRAKE SWITCH - RHD AC24 ,FLYLEADI i 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
OKTO START-ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
CAMSHAFT POSlTiON SENSOR PI15 IFLYLEADI, 2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC! BLACK ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
BAmERY POWER SUPPLY BT E*
ENGINE, REAR OF BED PLATE
BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+ CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 (FLYLEAD): $-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM64 j ?-WAY MULTILOCK 070 WHlTE ENGINE COMPARTMENT! CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE SENSOR P14! 2 WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 i SLATE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT I REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+ ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: REAR OF THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EGR VALVES P,M!B-WAYEGRVALVE CONNECTOR/SLATE
PARK, NEUTRAL GROUND ~R.D.4.3.2, BA iP, N,
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10!28~WAY M”LTILOCKOSO,SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMEYT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTI”*TE GROUND B-
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE EM,, ! l&WAY MULTILOCK 040 i SLATE
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
EM12 22.WAY MULTILOCK 040 SLATE
IATS! ECTS I TPS : MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON GROUND GROUND
EM13 3S-WAY MULTILOCK MO! SLATE
PEDAL POSITION COMMON REFERENCE GROUluD
5" E”APORATl”E EMISSION CONTROL VALVE EM%, 2~WAY ECONOSEAL J2 II BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND BULKHEAD EXTENSION
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-A “PSTRE*IM EM21 (FLYLEAD)! d-WAY SUMITOMO 090 II, SLATE ‘K BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
GROUND ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR-B UPSTREAM EM23 (FLYLEAD), &W*Y S”MlTDM0 090 I/, SLATE
GROUND
KNOCK SENSOR-A PII26 !FLYLEADI : *-w*Y ECONOSEAL III LC I_BLACK ENGINE “EE, UNDER INT*.KE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK KNOCK SENSOR - B PI27 (FLYLEADI , P~WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK ENGINE “EE! UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI%, B-WAY YAZAKI 0902 : BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT i REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
CAN NETWORK ‘A’ BANK CATALYTlC CONVERTER
OXYGEN SENSOR-A DOWNSTREAM EM22 ,FLYLEAD), ?~WAY SUMITOMO 090 A TYPE SLATE
OXYGEN SENSOR-B DOWNSTREAM EM24 (FLYLEAD): P-WAY SUMITOMD 090 A TYPE ‘SLATE ‘B’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
ECM PROGRAMMlNG B-
ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING, BA PARKING BRAKE SWITCH FC19 i LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSITION ! 5” 5” PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS P142, b-WAY YAZAKI 0902, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,THRO”LEASSEMBLY
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,THRD”LEASSEMBLY
THRO”LE MOTOR P133,2-w*Y TWIN CLIP! BLBCK
ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V 0 195°F iDECREASiNG WlTH TEMPERATURE)
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR PI6 ,CWAY SUMITOMO 75090 i BL*CK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLE ASSEMBLY
TPS FEEDBACK OS”=IDLE:475”=WOT
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 1 EL2 i P~WAY SUMITOMO 090 DC INHlBlT 1 ! BLUE BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION / GROUND VACUUM SWiTCHlNG VALVE 2 EM, Z-W*Iy SUMITOMO 090 DC INHlBlT 1 i BROWN BEHlND RlGHT HANDWHEELARCH LINER
PEDAL POSlTlON COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE - 3 EL4, Z-WAY YAZAKI 090 ! SLATE BEHIND RIGHT HANDWHEEL*RCH LINER
MECHANICAL GUARD POSlTlON FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT!‘K BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
cardiagn.com
MECHANICAL GUARD POSlT,ON i PEDAL POSITION / TPS SHIFLD GROUND VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE-A P131, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TlMER: BLACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT “ARlABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVE B P132, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0 5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
EGR STEPPER MOTOR’SI’WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+

0 EM12-2 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S2’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND EL RELAYS
0 EM12-3 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’WiNDlNG SUPPLY GROUND B+
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S4’WlNDlNG SUPPLY GROUND B+ Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10°C. DECRE*SiNG WITH TEMPERATURE THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM16 I BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 ” @ IDLE. INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S 0.1 - 0.9” @ lDLE WMNGI
UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S 0 1 - 0.9” @ IDLE KW,INGl
DOWNSTREAM ‘B’ BANK 02s 0.1 0.9” @ IDLE WWNGI HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
DOWNSTREAM ‘X’ BANK 025 0 1 - 0.9 ” @ iDLE WWNGI
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type I Color Location I Access
0 EM,Z-19 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM12-22 025 /HOE COMMON SHiELD GROUND
AC13 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUND
ELI B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BL*CK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,RIGHTHANDENCLOS”RE
ECM PROGRAMMiNG EM, 2O~WA.Y MtiLTlLOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #3ACT,“ATE GROUND B+ EM2 78.WAY MVLTILOCK 070,YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE %1 ACTIVATE GROUND B+ ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
PI, 57.WAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK
VACUUM SWlTCHlNG VALVE #2 ACTiVATE GROUND B+
Pi2 1%WAY ECONOSEAL l/l LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE GROUND B+
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHZ = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK
‘A’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHZ = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK
CKPS SlGNAL 5” Q 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 HZ GROUNDS
CMPS SIGNAL 5 Hz @ IDLE
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHlELD GROUND GROUND Ground Location I Type
CKPS SIGNAL 5” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND EMlAL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM,.% EYELET ,P*,RI - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
THROiTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND EMlBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
EM2AL EYELET iP*lRi LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUND GROUND EM?AR EYELET iPAIR - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND EM?BR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND
GROUND GROUND GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND +
0 EM151 UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 EM15-2 UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 EM15-3 E”AP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN)
0 EM15-8 VARIABLE VALVE T,M,NG SOLENOID ‘B’ BANK GROUND
0 EM15-9 “*RlABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID ‘N BANK GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
I EM15-22 GROUND GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 1 AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 1 Fig. 04.1
DOWNSTREAM UPSTREAM VARIABLE

ECM AND TCM EGR VALVES O2S HO2S VALVE TIMING
COOLING FAN EVAPP
MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS VALVE SOLENOID VALVES
STEPPER MOTOR
A B A B
A B
58 WY B IATS
A B
E EM64-2 EM64-1 EMS43
B υ
υ λ λ λ λ
EM2AL S1 S2 S3 S4
(EMIAL)
PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3 PI4 -2 -1 PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3 -2 -5 EM58 -2 -1 PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
W
W
WR
U
S
B
41 B+
E
EM10-1
WK
WU
38 PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM22 -2 -1 EM24 -2 -1 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2
BG
UP
GY
BY
B+
II
EM10-5
WU
WU
WP
WP
WP
RG
YG
BG
YU
YN
YR
PN
RY
UY
NO
76 B+
WP
WP
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
PU
PS
EM10-9 PIS10
G
U
R
N
O
B
S
42 WR B+ 47 50 51 52 48 49
BY
BY
E E E E E E E
EM14-3
BRAKE SWITCH BG
53 54
O E E
(LHD) EM10-20
O EM10-21
UW PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7 PI1-16 PI1-27
WO B GB US B
RG
YG
YU
YN
YR
UY
RY
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
6
GY
BG
UP
BY
BY
I EM10-22
N
B
S
II BK
AC26-4 AC26-1 I EM10-23
EMS2
BG
O EM11-8
UW EMS1
BG BG
7 WO B GB US ACS16 I EM11-9
UY PI1-6 PIS1 BG
II G
AC24-4 AC24-1 I EM11-10
US U
BRAKE SWITCH I EM11-11
(RHD) AC13-3 O EM11-12
BG
I EM11-13
BY
US US US I EM11-14
BG EMS3
FCS35 EM1-8 EM10-10 I EM11-15
R
cardiagn.com
I EM11-16
K
OU OU I UW UW PIS9
FC19 EM2-13 EM10-14 O EM12-1
YU PI1-14
O EM12-2
YG
PARKING BRAKE YN
O EM12-3
SWITCH †
BRD
BRD
O EM12-4
YR
I EM12-12
UP
03.1
O D I EM12-13
GY
O.K. TO START
EM10-6 I EM12-14
G
19.1
K D I EM12-15
R
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
EM10-12 I EM12-16
N
19.1
O D I EM12-17
U
EM10-13 O EM12-18
BY
PARK, NEUTRAL 05.1
G I I EM12-19
BY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BP
EM10-15 O EM12-22
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.1
PK O
EMS8
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PW
EM10-16 O EM13-11
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE 03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY
19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
CAN
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S
CAN 19.1
Y C+ I EM13-19
Y
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG 44 45
CAN
P EMS9 E E
EM10-27 I EM13-28 PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
19.1
Y C+ EM13-29
O
CAN
EM10-28
BRD
BRD
UW
WR
WR
BK
BG
BG
UW
BY
G
I
U
EM14-4
K
19.1
P D O EM14-5
R
ECM PROGRAMMING
EM11-3 R R R VACUUM
O EM14-6
GO B EMS19 PI33-1 SWITCHING
PI2-7 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
ENGINE CRANK 03.1 I I EM14-7
-5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 EL2-2 EL3-2 VALVES
EM11-6 I EM14-8
B
I EM14-9
B 1 2 3
19.1
W D I EM14-10
B
ECM PROGRAMMING
EM13-2 O EM14-11
G
O EM14-12
G G G
EMS18 PI2-6 PI33-2
GY B+ O EM15-1
PS
EM16 PU THROTTLE
EM14-1 O PEDAL MECHANICAL EL2-1 EL3-1 EL4 -1 -2
EM15-2 MOTOR POSITION GUARD
NG 3 5 GY GY PN
B
80 B+ O EM15-3 TPS
EMS20 RG
RW
PW
EM14-2
PY
O EM15-8 ELS1
PEDAL POSITION AND
56 WP 1 2 GR RY
B
E
O O EM15-9 MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
EM13-14 I EM15-11
B EL1-5
B
I EM15-12 THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
B
I EM15-22
B PW EMS31
THROTTLE MOTOR EL1-4 RW
POWER RELAY †
B
EMS38 EMS37 EMS36
EL1-2 PY
BK EM1BR
B EM1AL
B EM1AR EL1-3 EM2AR
ENGINE CONTROL (EM2BR) (EM2AL) (EM2AR) NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only. (EM1AR)
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.2)
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: AJ26 NAS Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

1 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
A,CCM ENGINE SPEED 5” 0 ,000 RPM = 45 HZ; 2000 RPM = 90 Hi AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 iFLYLEADi/ &WAY SUMITOMO 090 A-TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, A,C COMPRESSOR
A.‘CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B, B+ AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE *Cl i 26.WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE A,C “NIT/RIGHT HAND SIDE
A,CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST AC2: 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47: SLATE
Es+ GROUND AC31 12~WAY MULTILOCK 47: SLATE
CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REOUEST GROUND iAPPLIED B+ AC4,22~WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH LHD AC%, 4.WAY MULTILOCK 070 : WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
1 EM,,-, CRUISE CONTROL SET-/~ 7 3 ” =C+), 8.8” =t-,B- BRAKE CANCEL SWTCH - RHD ACZ4,4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I EMII~4 CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND CRUISE CONTROL ON /OFF SWITCH FC63 1 10.WAY AMP ML KEY B , WHITE REARWARD OF GE*.R SELECTOR
I EMiE CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL, RESUME CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEER ING WHEEL, SW3 (FLYLEAD), S-WAY EPC ! BLACK AND WHiTE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
7 3 ” = RESUME. 9.9” = CANCEL B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM,O,Z’%WAY MULTILOCK 040 I SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM,, , 19~WAY MULTiLOCK 040, SLATE
4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH H,GH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSli EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 1 SLATE
4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWTCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND 0 12 BAR 1174 PSI) EM13,34-WAY MULTILOCK 040,SLATE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG FEEDBACK FUEL INJECTOR - ?A Pi,,P-WAYAMPdUNlOR POWERTIMER!BLACK ,NTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAlL
23 HZ @ IDLE 15 “1
FUEL INJECTOR - 1B PI,, : Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER I BLACK ,NTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIL
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWiTCHlNG FEEDBACK 23 Hr @ IDLE 15 “,
FUEL INJECTOR-W P,B I Z-WAY AMP J”NlDR POWER TIMER, BLACK ,NTAKE M*NIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
AIR CONDiTlONlNG COMPRESSOR REL*.Y ACTIVATE GROUND B+
FUEL INJECTOR 28 P,,2, Z~WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TiMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR -3A PI9 i *-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER i BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP RELAYACT,“*TE GROUND Et
FUEL INJECTOR -38 Pi13 I Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
0 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
FUEL INJECTOR-4A P,,O,?-WAY*MPJ”NlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK INTAKE MANiFOLD, FUEL RAIL
0 SERIES (LOWI SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B- FUEL INJECTOR - 48 P114,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWER TiMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD! FUEL RAIL
0 P*.RALLEL (HIGHI SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE GROUND Bi FUEL PUMP ET55,4-WAY SUMlTOMO DL090, NATURAL TR”NK,TOPOFF”ELTANK
0 IGNITION COIL RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTIO: 10.WAY ” T.A FUSEBOX, NATVRAL TRUNK, ELECTRIC*L CARRIER
0 IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 Hr @ IDLE BT,, , IO-WAY U T.A FVSEBOX, BLACK
BT,Z,10-WAY”T.A.F”SEBOX,GREEN
0 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWITCHING 5 HZ @ iDLE BT13,10-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
0 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE BTSd, EYELET
0 lGNlTiON MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE ,GNlTlON COIL- ,A P,,B ,2-WAY YAL*KI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
0 IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG ,GNlTlON COIL- 1B P122,2-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
5 Hz @ IDLE
0 lGNlTlON MODULE 1 SWITCHING ,GNlTlON COIL-h’+ PI19 : ?-WAY YAZAK, 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
5 Hz Q IDLE
cardiagn.com
0 IGNITION COIL-ZB P,23,2-WAY YAZVAKI 090x, BLACK ENGlNE COMP*.RTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 tir @ IDLE
IGNITION COlL - 3A P120, ?-WAY YAZAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 Hi @ IDLE
,GNlTlON COlL 38 P124, Z-WAY YAZAKI 090X, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL 4A Pi21 i %WAY YAZAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCD”ER
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE GROUND B+
IGNITION COIL - 48 P125, P-WAY YAZAK, 090X, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
INJECTOR ‘28’ ACTIVATE GROUND B+
IGNITION MODULE - 1 EM-U, IZ-WAY KiNWON POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD. RIGHT HAND SlDE
INJECTOR ‘4K ACTIVATE GROUND B+
IGNITION MODULE - 2 EM29,12~WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
INJECTOR ‘1x *CT,“ATE GROUND B+ ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9, B-WAY TRW, BLACK
INJECTOR ‘4B’ACTl”ATE GROUND B+ RADIATOR FAN - LH LF13, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 930, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT! FRONT
INJECTOR ‘3A’ ACTlVATE GROUND B+ RADIATOR FAN RH LF12, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRl630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
INJECTOR ‘2R ACTlVATE GROUND B+ REFFUGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 (FLYLEAD) , B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF RADIATOR
INJECTOR ‘1B’ ACTIVATE GROUND B+
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE RELAYS

i-1 Pin Description Inactive Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
Active
LH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
1 AC%, COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ ,ONi 0” AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN BUS
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BROWN EMS, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#41 BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
0 AC-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0”
lGNlTlON COIL RELAY BROWN EM26, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
AC4-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0” s+

0 AC4-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B* 0”
I AC4-17
REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWTCH B+ ,O”T OF ACTIVE RANGE)
AC12 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT2 18.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW TR”NK,ABO”E RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
EM1 Z&WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RiGHi HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF3 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LFlO 11.WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI, 57.WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON
PI2 IS-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RHI PO-WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, SLATE BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK O?O,SLATE RlGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERiNG COLUMN
SW, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 G~WAY JST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
BT2AL EYELET ,PA,R) -LEFT HAND LEG, TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EMlAR EYELET (PAIRi -RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMP*.RTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AR EYELET (PAIRI - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FCBBL EYELET (PAIR -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
LFlAL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LFlBL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
I Input D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000 CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency MV Millivolts +
REFERENCE ONLY.
ComPOnentS connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XK8 Range 1997 AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 2 AJ26 NAS Engine Management, Part 2 Fig. 04.2
CRUISE CONTROL
TRUNK FUSE BOX SWITCH IGNITION COILS
DIMMER OVERRIDE RLG 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B

BRAKE CANCEL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10.2
3 5 NY SWITCH (LHD) FC63
1 -10 560 Ω 560 Ω
#7 20A BT11-1 SP
PG WU
28 1 2 KN FC63
II AC26-2 AC26-3 -7
BT11-10 PG WU WU WU WG 12
ACS14 ACS22 FCS71 FC63 FC63 II
AC13-16 -9 ON / OFF -8
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) † BT2-6
PG WU
PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1
AC24-2 AC24-3
GW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
GO
GU
GR
BRAKE CANCEL
GS
GK
GP
GB
W NY
BT55-2 SWITCH (RHD)
KN 680 Ω
FUEL CASSETTE
PUMP SR SR SR SET – BO
B B RH1-11 AC13-15 EM3-2 SC3-4
SW1
SW2-4 SW3-3 430 Ω SW3-4
-4
BT55-1
SET +
PW PW
PIS5
FUEL TANK KN PG WU SP 680 Ω
PI1-53
BT2AL CASSETTE
SG SG SG CANCEL BO
EM2-9 EM3-6 EM3-3 EM3-4 SW1 430 Ω SWS1 EM26
EM3-1 SC3-3 -3 SW2-3 SW3-1 SW3-2
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
O UG PW PW 5 3 NW
EM10-2 CASSETTE RESUME 83
ULG BO BO BO PW EMS22
GW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
GP
GB
I EM10-3
UN SW1 UB 2 1 WP
I EM10-4 SC3-12 -6 SW2-6
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES 55
FCS48 E
I EM10-11
PG EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-8 -7 -12 -11 -10 -8 -11 -7 -12 -10
BK STEERING WHEEL
I EM11-1
SR
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground IGNITION COIL
I WU FC3BL RELAY †
EM11-4 circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
I EM11-5
SG cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. IGNITION 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B IGNITION
MODULE 1 MODULE 2
WU EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
cardiagn.com
I EM12-5 -1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9 -9 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6
I EM12-6
YW
I EM12-8
SLG
I EM12-9
SG
O EM12-10
RY
UG UG AC4-7 I
KN EM1-13 ULG AC13-9 ULG
O EM13-1 AC3-1 O
SP EM2-12 UN AC12-19 UN
O EM13-3 AC4-9 O
W EM1-3 UB AC12-12 UB
LGW
LGO
LGU
LGR
O
LGS
LGK
LGP
LGY
EM13-15 AC4-17 I
WU RLG EM2-14 RLG AC12-14 RLG
B
O EM13-16 AC1-1 I
UB EM2-6 AC12-13
O EM13-22
O EM13-23
LGK
LGO EMS31
O EM13-24
O EM13-25
LGW NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
O LGU
EM13-26 CONTROL MODULE
O EM13-31
LGY
LGR EM2AR EM17
O EM13-32 (EM1AR)
O LGS RLG 5 3 NLG
EM13-33 79
O EM13-34
LGP EMS26
RY 2 1 WP 57
BO E
O EM15-4
O EM15-5
BY
O EM15-6
BW
AIR CONDITIONING
O EM15-7
BU COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY †
O EM15-15
BP OG
O EM15-16
BG LF9-2
O BN W W WU 46
EM15-17
E
RLG RLG B
O EM15-18
BS LF40-6 LF9-9 LF9-8
PI1-13 PI36-1
OY NG AIR CONDITIONING
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38 72
LF9-5 LF9-3 COMPRESSOR
ENGINE CONTROL WU WU CLUTCH
MODULE
LF40-7 LF9-7
EM5
NY 3 5 BR BR B P
78
PI2-5 PIS2 LF9-1
2–30 BAR
39 WK 1 2 B UB UB UB BK BK
II EMS31
LF2AR LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2
B 20 BAR
WU WU WU
LF40-9 LF57-1
FUEL INJECTION EM2AR
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL 12 BAR
YW YW YW BK BK
BW
BG
BO
BU
BR
BN
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
RELAY MODULE
BS
BY
BP
RELAY † (EM1AR)
LF40-11 LF57-3 LF57-4 LFS25
BK
OG NLG
PI7-2 -1 PI8-2 -1 PI9-2 -1 PI10-2 -1 PI11-2 -1 PI12-2 -1 PI13-2 -1 PI14-2 -1 71 REFRIGERANT
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds LF12-1 LF12-2
4-WAY PRESSURE LF2BL
shown on Fig. 04.1. SWITCH
RH RADIATOR FAN
OY B
LF13-2 LF13-1
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B LF2AL
LH RADIATOR FAN
FUEL INJECTORS † NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) have connector pin
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: AJ26 NAS Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

Description Active Inactive Component Location / Access
BA 0” BRAKE
SWITCH - LHD TOPOFBRAKEPEDAL
B+ B+ BRAKE
SWITCH - RHD TOPOFBRAKEPEDN
CATALYST
SWlTCHlNG MODULE
*+ B+ CATALYSSTHERMOCOUPLES
GROUND B+ CAMSHAFT
POSlTlON SENSOR
CRANKSHAFTPOSlTlONSENSOR
GROUND WPPLIEDI B+ ECMANDTCMCOOLING FAN
GROUND tR.D.4.3.21 ST IP. Nl ENGlNE
COOLANTTEMPERATURESENSOR
GROUND B+ ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
ENCODED COMMUNlCATlONS
GROVND GROUND
5" ENGlNE COMPARTMENT! LEFT HAND BULKHEAD EXTENSION

E”APORAT,“E EMlSSlON CONTROL VALVE
GROUND HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR -A “PSTREAM ‘A’ BANK CATALYTIC CONVERTER
GROUND HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR - B UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK CAT*LYTIC CONVERTER
CAN NETWORK
KNOCK SENSOR -A ENGINE “EE I UNDER INTAKE MANliOLD
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK KNOCK SENSOR -B ENGlNE “EE, UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
CAN NETWORK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
PARKING BRAKE S’MTCH BELOW PARKING BRAKE LEVER
ECM PROGRAMMlNG St Bt
PEDAL POSTION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS ENGINE COMPARTMENT,THRO~LE*ssEMsLY
ENGINE CRANK GROUND iCRANKiNG, St
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON, 5” 5” THROrrLE MOTOR ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,THRO”LE ASSEMBLY
TPS COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE ENGINECOMPARTMENT,THROTTLEASSEMBLY
THRO”LE POSITION SENSOR
ECT FEEDBACK 0.41” @ 195’F (DECREASING WITH TEMPERATUREi
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 1 BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
TPS FEEDBACK 0.5 ” = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT
TPS FEEDBACK VACUUM SWTCHING VALVE - 2 BEHlND RlGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
0.5” = IDLE: 4.75 ” = WOT
IpiTS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, GROUND GROUND VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE - 3 BEHlND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
PEDAL POSTION COMMON REFERENCE GROUND
“ARlABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE -A ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ‘N BANK CYLlNDER HEAD. FRONT
MECHANlCAL GUARD POSlTlON FEEDBACK 0.5” = IDLE: 4.75” = WOT
“ARlABLE VALVE TlMlNG SOLENOID VALVE - B ENGlNE COMPARTMENTI’S’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
cardiagn.com
MECHANICAL GUARD POSITION, PEDAL POSlTlON ,TPS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0 5” = IDLE; 4.75 ” = WOT
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK 0.5 v = IDLE. 4 75” = WOT
NOT USED RELAYS

NOT USED
NOT USED Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
NOT USED THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM,G,BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
IATS FEEDBACK 0.98” 0 ,o=c. DECREASING WITH TEMPERAT”RE
MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2” @IDLE. ,NCREASlNG WITH RPM INCREASE
‘8’ BANK H02S 0.1 - 0.9” @ IDLE ISWING)
‘K BANK HOZS 0.1 -0 9 “@IDLE WMNGi HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
NOT USED
NOT USED Connector Type / Color Location I Access
MAE REFERENCE GROVND GROUND GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND AC13 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
GROUND GROUND
H02S COMMON SHIELD GROUND GROUND EL1 B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM1 2O~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADjACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
EM2 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE $0 ACTIVATE PI, 57.WAY S”MiTOM0, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUND
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #1 ACT,“ATE GROUND PI2 ,B~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSiON
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVE #2 ACT,“ATE GROUND
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
‘K BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK 0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK GROUNDS
CKPS SIGNAL 5 ” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
CMPS SIGNAL 5 Hz @ IDLE Ground Location / Type
CMPS / CKPS / KNOCK SENSORS COMMON SHIELD GROUND GROUND
EMlAL EYELET (PAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
CKPS SlGNAL 5 v @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 HZ
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND EMIAR EYELET (PAlR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
GROUND
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ @ !DLE EMlBR EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, RiGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hz @ lDLE EM2AL EYELET IPAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWliCHlNG
EM&w EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
lGNlTlON MODULE 7 SWITCHING
EMZBR EYELET (PAIR) - RiGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUND GROVND GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SVPPL,’ GROUND
THRO”LE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY GROUND
UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND

UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK H02S HEATER GROUND GROUND GROUND
E”AP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN, St
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID ‘B’ BANK GROUND B+
“ARIAWE VALVE TIMING SOLENOiD ‘PI’ BANK GROUND St
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
GROUND GROUND
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 1 AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 1 Fig. 04.3
VARIABLE
ECM AND TCM HO2S HO2S VALVE TIMING EVAPP CATALYST
COOLING FAN MAFS CMPS CKPS KS KS ECTS SOLENOID VALVES VALVE THERMOCOUPLES
A B
WY A B
58 B IATS
A B A B
E EM64-2 EM64-1 EMS43
B υ
υ λ λ
EM2AL
(EMIAL)
PI35 -5 -2 -1 -4 -3 PI4 -2 -1 PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2 EM58 -2 -1
W
W
W
WR
U
S
B
S
41 B+
E
EM10-1 14
WK II
WU
38 PI15 -1 -2 PI17 -1 -3 -2 PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM23 -3 -4 -1 -2 EM56 -2 -1 -4 -3
BG
UP
GY
BY
B+
II
EM10-5
WU
WU
WP
RG
BG
RY
PN
UY
WG
NO
R
Y
76 B+
WP
WP
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
PU
PS
EM10-9 PIS10
G
R
N
O
B
S
42 WR B+ 47 48 49 52
BY
BY
E E E E E EM52 EM52 EM52 EM52 EM52
EM14-3
BRAKE SWITCH 53 54 -5 -2 -1 -6 -7
O BG E E
(LHD) EM10-20
O EM10-21
UW PI1 -56 -54 -52 -31 -57 PI1 -25 -26 -24 PI1 -22 -23 -21 PI1 -17 -18 PI1 -19 -20 PI1 -5 PI1-16 PI1-27
WO B GB US B
RG
UY
RY
BRD
BRD
BRD
BRD
6
GY
BG
UP
BY
BY
I EM10-22
N
B
S
II BK
AC26-4 AC26-1 I EM10-23
EMS2
O EM11-8
UW EMS1
BG BG BG EM52 EM52
CATALYST
-8 -3
7 WO B GB US ACS16 I EM11-9
UY PI1-6 PIS1 BG SWITCHING MODULE
II B UR
AC24-4 AC24-1 I EM11-10
G
US U
BRAKE SWITCH I EM11-11
(RHD) AC13-3 O EM11-12
BG EMS31 EM2-16
BY
I EM11-13 B
US US US I EM11-14
BG
FCS35 EM1-8 EM10-10 I EM11-15
R EMS3 EM2AR UR 08.1
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE
(EM1AR) WARNING INDICATOR
cardiagn.com
I EM11-16
K (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
OU OU I UW UW
FC19 EM2-13 EM10-14 EM12-1
YU PI1-8 PI1-14 PIS9 NOTE: Exhaust temperature
YG warning – Japan only.
EM12-2 PI1-9
PARKING BRAKE YN NOT USED
SWITCH † EM12-3 PI1-10
EM12-4
YR PI1-7
I EM12-12
UP
03.1
O D I EM12-13
GY
O.K. TO START
EM10-6 I EM12-14
G
19.1
K D I EM12-15
R
EM10-12 EM12-16
N EM24-2
19.1
O D EM12-17
U EM22-2
SERIAL COMMUNICATION NOT USED
EM10-13 O EM12-18
BY EM24-1
PARK, NEUTRAL 05.1
G I I EM12-19
BY EM22-1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) BP
EM10-15 O EM12-22
EMS CONTROL RELAY 01.1
PK O
EMS8
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) PW
EM10-16 O EM13-11
03.1
Y D O EM13-12
RW
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
EM10-17 O EM13-13
PY
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-17
N
EM10-25 I EM13-18
S NOTE: Vacuum Switching Valves –
Y Y Cruise Control equipped vehicles.
BRD
BRD
CAN 19.1 C+ I EM13-19
EM10-26 I EM13-20
B
CAN 19.1
G C– I EM13-27
BG 44 45
P EMS9 E E
EM10-27 I EM13-28 PI1 -50 -49 -51 -12 PI1 -3 -4 -1
19.1
Y C+ EM13-29
O
CAN
EM10-28
BRD
BRD
UW
WR
WR
BK
BG
BG
UW
BY
G
I
U
EM14-4
K
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.1
P D O EM14-5
R
EM11-3 R R R VACUUM
O EM14-6
GO B EMS19 PI33-1 SWITCHING
I I PI2-7 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42 PI42
ENGINE CRANK 03.1 EM14-7
-5 -3 -1 -4 -2 PI6 -3 -4 -1 -2 EL2-2 EL3-2 VALVES
EM11-6 I EM14-8
B
I EM14-9
B 1 2 3
ECM PROGRAMMING 19.1
W D I EM14-10
B
EM13-2 O EM14-11
G
GY B+ O EM14-12
G G G
EM16 EM14-1 EMS18 PI2-6 PI33-2
NG 3 5 GY GY O PS
80 B+ EM15-1 THROTTLE
EMS20 EM14-2 O EM15-2
PU MOTOR PEDAL MECHANICAL EL2-1 EL3-1 EL4 -1 -2
POSITION GUARD
56 WP 1 2 GR PN
B
O O EM15-3
E TPS
RG
RW
PW
EM13-14
PY
O EM15-8 PEDAL POSITION AND ELS1
RY MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
B
O EM15-9
I EM15-11
B EL1-5
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY † I EM15-12
B
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
B
I EM15-22
B PW EMS31
EL1-4 RW
B
EMS38 EMS37 EMS36
EL1-2 PY
BK EM1BR
B EM1AL
B EM1AR
EL1-3 EM2AR
ENGINE CONTROL (EM2BR) (EM2AL) (EM2AR) NOTE: ELS1 – LHD Coupe and RHD Convertible only. (EM1AR)
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.4)
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: AJ26 ROW Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

7 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
A,CCM ENGINE SPEED AIR CONDlTlDNlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 (FLYLEAD) 1 I-WAY SUMITOMO 090 &TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/A/C COMPRESSOR
A’CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH BATTERY POWER SUPPLY St AlR CONDlTlDNlNG CONTROL MODULE AC,, 26.WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE A/C “NIT, RIGHT HAND SIDE
.wcM COMPRESSOR cunm REQUEST AC2! 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
GROUND
AC3i 1%WAY MULTILOCK 47 iSLATE
BRAKE SWITCH B- AC4 : 22.WAY MULTILOCK 47! SLATE
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH - LHD ACZSi 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
EM,,-, CRUISE COUTROL SET is- BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH RHD P&24,4 WAY MULTILOCK OX! WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I EM11~4 CRUISE CONTROL ON REOUEST GROUND CRUISE CONTROL ON ’ OFF SWITCH FC63 i 10~WAY AMP ML KEY B I WHITE REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
I EM,,-5 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL ‘RESUME CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 (KYLEAD), Z-WAY EPC i BLACK AND WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
7 3” = RESUME. 8 8” = CANCEL B-
EKGINE CONTROL MODULE EM?0 / Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EMll : 16.WAY MULTILOCK 040, SLATE
EM12-5 4WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE EM12 22~WAY MULTILOCK 040 ‘SLATE
1 EM1ZS 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE EM13 i34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 SLATE
I EM,*-8 IGNITIOK MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG FEEDBACK FUEL INJECTOR - ,A PI,, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD/FUEL RAIL
/ EM12-9 lGNlTlON MODULE 2 WATCHING FEEDBACK FUEL INJECTOR- 1B Pill ,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTiMER,BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD/FUEL RAIL
0 EM12~10 FUEL INJECTOR-W P18,Z~WAYAMPJ”NlOR POWERTlMERiBLAcK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY AcTIVATE B-
FVEL INJECTOR- 28 PI12 ‘P-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWER TIMER/BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR-3A P19i2-WAYAMP2”NlOR POWERTIMER, BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD I FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
FUEL INJECTOR-% PI13iZ-WA”AMPJ”NIOR POWERTIMER,BLACK INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIL
CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+ PItO, P-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BLAcK INTAKE MANlFOLD, FUEL RAIIL
FUEL INJECTOR-W
SERIES ,LOW, SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE GROUND *+ INTAKE MANIFOLD, FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR - 48 P1,4,‘2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BLACK
PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTlVPiTE GROUND B+ FUEL PUMP ST%, b-WAY SUMiTOMO DL090, NATURAL TRUNK/TOP OF FUELTANK
IGNlTlON COIL RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ BTi0,10-WAY “.TA F”SEBOX,NATURAL TRUNK i ELECTRICAL CARRIER
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHING 5 Hi @ IDLE BTll ,10-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
BTi2, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 HI Q IDLE BTIS, IO-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOWBLUE
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG 5 HZ Q IDLE BT64, EYELET
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWITCHlNG 5 HZ @ IDLE ,GNlTlON COIL- 1A Pll8, Z-WAYYAZAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE 2 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION COIL- 1B P122, P-WAY YAZAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG IGNITION COIL-W PI19 i 2~WAY YAZAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
5 Hi @ IDLE
cardiagn.com
,GNiTiON COIL-E P123, Z-WAY YALAKI 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWlTCHlNG 5 Hi @ IDLE
lGNlT,ON COIL-3 P120, Z-WAY YAZAKI 090x I BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION MODULE 1 SWiTCHlNG 5 Hz @ IDLE
lGNlT,ON COIL-% P124,P~WAY YAZAK, 090x, BLACK ENGINECOMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCO”ER
IGNlTlON COIL- 4A PI21 , P-WAY YAZAK, 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
INJECTOR ‘38’ ACTIVATE GROUND
IGNITION COIL 48 P125, P-WAY YAZAK, 090x, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CAMSHAFT COVER
INJECTOR ‘ZB’ ACTIVATE GROUND
lGNlT,ON MODULE - 1 EM-J,, 12~WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, RIGHT HAND SIDE
INJECTOR ‘4A’ ACTIVATE GROUND IGNlTlON MODULE - 2 EM29,12 WAY IGNITION POWER MODULE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD. LEFT HAND SIDE
INJECTOR ‘1X ACTi”ATE GROVND ADJACENTTO LEFT HAND HORN
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9, B-WAY TRW, BLACK
INJECTOR ‘48’ ACTIVATE GROUND RADIATOR FAN LH LF13, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
INJECTOR ‘3 ACTIVATE GROUND RADIATOR FAN - RH LF12, P-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
INJECTOR ‘2.4’ ACTIVATE GROUND REFRIGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 IFLYLEAD), B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF RADlATOR
iNJECTOR ‘1B’ ACTiVATE GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE RELAYS

n Pin Description Active Inactive Relay Color / Stripe Connector I Color Location I Access
AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN BUS LH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+iONi 0” BROWN EMS, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
FUEL ,NJECTlON RELAY
FUEL PUMP RELAY WI BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0”
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM%, BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS
LOAD INH181T B+
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST 0”
REFRiGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
BA (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE,
AC12 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK &W/WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC13 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW FASCIA SOmOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
ST2 18.WAY MULTILOCK O?O,YELLOW TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REARWHEELARCH
EM1 20~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
EM3 1CWAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF3 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111X/WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 11.WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
PI, SWAY SUMlTOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
Pi2 IWVAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
RHI ‘20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW, 11.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 G~WAY JST, WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
EYELET (PAIR) -LEFT HAND LEG /TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND IEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET (PAIR, - RiGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EYELET IPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (PAIR) LEFT HAND LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD 0F LEFT HAND ~00~ CATCH
EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
The following vnbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I Input D CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network MV Millivolts +I
Hz Frequency
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 2 AJ26 ROW Engine Management, Part 2 Fig. 04.4
CRUISE CONTROL
TRUNK FUSE BOX SWITCH IGNITION COILS
DIMMER OVERRIDE RLG 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B

BRAKE CANCEL (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10.2
3 5 NY SWITCH (LHD) FC63
1 -10 560 Ω 560 Ω
#7 20A BT11-1 SP
PG WU
28 1 2 KN FC63
II AC26-2 AC26-3 -7
BT11-10 PG WU WU WU WG 12
ACS14 ACS22 FCS71 FC63 FC63 II
AC13-16 -9 ON / OFF -8
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) † BT2-6
PG WU
PI18-2 -1 PI23-2 -1 PI24-2 -1 PI21-2 -1 PI22-2 -1 PI19-2 -1 PI20-2 -1 PI25-2 -1
AC24-2 AC24-3
GW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
GO
GU
GR
BRAKE CANCEL
GS
GK
GP
GB
W NY
BT55-2 SWITCH (RHD)
KN 680 Ω
FUEL CASSETTE
PUMP SR SR SR SET – BO
B B RH1-11 AC13-15 EM3-2 SC3-4
SW1
SW2-4 SW3-3 430 Ω SW3-4
-4
BT55-1
SET +
PW PW
PIS5
FUEL TANK KN PG WU SP 680 Ω
PI1-53
BT2AL CASSETTE
SG SG SG CANCEL BO
EM2-9 EM3-6 EM3-3 EM3-4 SW1 430 Ω SWS1 EM26
EM3-1 SC3-3 -3 SW2-3 SW3-1 SW3-2
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
O UG CASSETTE PW PW 5 3 NW
EM10-2 RESUME 83
ULG BO BO BO PW EMS22
GW
GO
GU
GR
GS
GK
GP
GB
I EM10-3
UN SW1 UB 2 1 WP
I EM10-4 SC3-12 -6 SW2-6
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES 55
FCS48 E
I EM10-11
PG EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-8 -7 -12 -11 -10 -8 -11 -7 -12 -10
STEERING WHEEL
BK
I SR
EM11-1 CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground IGNITION COIL
I EM11-4
WU FC3BL circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or RELAY †
I EM11-5
SG cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. 1A 2B 3B 4A 1B 2A 3A 4B
IGNITION IGNITION
MODULE 1 MODULE 2
cardiagn.com
I EM12-5
WU EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1 -2 -3 -6 -5 -9 -9 -1 -2 -5 -3 -6
I EM12-6
YW
I EM12-8
SLG
I EM12-9
SG
O EM12-10
RY
UG UG AC4-7 I
KN EM1-13 ULG AC13-9 ULG
O EM13-1 AC3-1 O
SP EM2-12 UN AC12-19 UN
O EM13-3 AC4-9 O
W EM1-3 UB AC12-12 UB
LGW
LGO
LGU
LGR
O
LGS
LGK
LGP
LGY
EM13-15 AC4-17 I
WU RLG EM2-14 RLG AC12-14 RLG
B
O EM13-16 AC1-1 I
UB EM2-6 AC12-13
O EM13-22
O EM13-23
LGK
LGO EMS31
O EM13-24
O EM13-25
LGW NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits. AIR CONDITIONING
O LGU
EM13-26 CONTROL MODULE
O EM13-31
LGY
LGR EM2AR EM17
O EM13-32 (EM1AR)
O LGS RLG 5 3 NLG
EM13-33 79
O EM13-34
LGP EMS26
RY 2 1 WP 57
BO E
O EM15-4
O EM15-5
BY
O EM15-6
BW
AIR CONDITIONING
O EM15-7
BU COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY †
O EM15-15
BP OG
O EM15-16
BG LF9-2
O BN W W WU 46
EM15-17
E
RLG RLG B
O EM15-18
BS LF40-6 LF9-9 LF9-8
PI1-13 PI36-1
OY NG AIR CONDITIONING
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38 72
LF9-5 LF9-3
ENGINE CONTROL COMPRESSOR
MODULE WU WU CLUTCH
LF40-7 LF9-7
EM5
NY 3 5 BR BR B P
78
PI2-5 PIS2 LF9-1
2–30 BAR
39 WK 1 2 B UB UB UB BK BK
II EMS31
LF2AR LF3-6 LF57-5 LF57-2
B 20 BAR
WU WU WU
LF40-9 LF57-1
FUEL INJECTION EM2AR
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL 12 BAR
YW YW YW BK BK
BW
BG
BO
BU
BR
BN
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
RELAY † RELAY MODULE

BS
BY
BP
(EM1AR)
LF40-11 LF57-3 LF57-4 LFS25
BK
OG NLG
NOTE: ECM power supplies and PI7-2 -1 PI8-2 -1 PI9-2 -1 PI10-2 -1 PI11-2 -1 PI12-2 -1 PI13-2 -1 PI14-2 -1 71 REFRIGERANT
LF12-1 LF12-2
grounds shown on Fig. 04.1. 4-WAY PRESSURE LF2BL
RH RADIATOR FAN SWITCH
OY B
LF13-2 LF13-1
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B LF2AL
LH RADIATOR FAN
FUEL INJECTORS numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown.
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: AJ26 ROW Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

Lj Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
0 EM,-, PRESSURE REGULATOR #2 GROUND iMAXiMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE) D - 4 SWTCH FC84 (FLYLEAD) NELLOW GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, REAR
0 EM,-2 SPORT MODE SWITCH STATUS LED GROUND = LED ON B+ GEAR SELECTOR MODULE FC88, HYBRlD, BLACK FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
0 EMT-4 PRESSURE REGULATOR #4 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE1 B+ iNO PRESSURE) KlCKDOWN SWITCH - LHD AC27 / Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK BELOW ACCELERATOR PEDAL
0 EMX PRESSURE REGULATOR t, GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE1 B- ,NO PRESSURE, KlCKDOWN SWlTCH - RHD AC25, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK BELOW ACCELERATOR PEDAL
/ EM,-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND MODE SWITCH iTRANSMlSSlONi FC35,10-WAY AMP ML KEY A! BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
I EM7~8 ROTARY SwlTcH u’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE EM,, 88.WAY BOSCH i BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EMX ROTAW SWITCH ‘14’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND TRANSMlSSlON ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR EM46 116.WAY TRANSMISSION I BLACK TRANSMISSION, LEFT HAND SIDE
I EM,-12 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT GROUND = SPORT 9” = NORMAL TRANSMlSSlON ROTARY SWITCH EM47 (FLYLEAD,, IO-WAY REINSHAGEN MPLK, BLACK TRANSMlSSlON , RIGHT HAND SIDE
I EMT-13 D - 4 SWITCH GROUND 37
/ EM714 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 300 Hz @ IDLE i2 5 “1
SG EM,-15 OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
SG EM,-16 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND GROUND
I EM,-18 KICKDOWN WATCH GROUND Bt Connector Type I Color Location / Access
SG EM,-21 FLUlO TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1.31 ” AC12 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FASCIATOP CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I EM,-22 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 115”@9o’c EM1 X-WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
1 EM,-23 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND EM3 14~WA.Y MULTlLOCK 070, SLATE ENGlNE COMPARTMENTi ADJACENT TO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I EM7~26 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
0 EM,-28 ROTARY/D-b, KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 EM,-29 PRESSURE REGULATOR A13 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ iN0 PRESSURE) GROUNDS
0 EM7-30 SOLENOID VALVE #1 GROUND B+
0 EM7~32 SOLENOiD VALVE #3 Bt
GROUND
0 EM,-33 SOLENOID VALVE #2 B- EMlAL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
GROUND
I EM7~34 GROUND GROUND EMZAL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
GROUND
I EM%36 ROTARY SWITCH I,’ CONTACTS Bt GROUND FC3BR EYELET ,PAIRI - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I EM,-37 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L3’ CONTACTS Bt GROUND
I EM,-42 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 1.51 ” @ 10 MPH il.5 KM,Hl= 250 Hz. 20 MPH 132 KM/H, = 500 Hz
cardiagn.com
I EM7~44 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 1.51 ” Q 10 MPH 116 KM,!,, = 223 Hz. 20 MPH (32 KM/HI = 446 HZ CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
I EM,-45 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT 10 v = SPORT GROUND = NORMAL
0 EM,-51 PRESSURE REGULATOR #5 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) SC (NO PRESSURE)
0 EM,-52 SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY BL BL
0 EM,-53 PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY B+ B-
I EM,-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY Bt GROUND
I EM7~55 IGNITION SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
C EM,-82 CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ
c EM,-86 CAN NETWORK 15 - 1500 Hz
GEAR SELECTOR MODULE

V Pin Description Active Inactive
I FC88-1 IGNITION SWTCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
c FC88-3 CAN NETWORK 1551500Hz@2.5”
C FC88-4 CAN NETWORK lb-1500HZ@2.5”
I FC88-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
C FOX8 CAN NETWORK 15-1500Hz@2.5”
C FC88-9 CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 HZ @ 2.5 ”
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
comPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XK8 Range 1997 AJ26 Automatic Transmission AJ26 Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1
NOTE: Gear Selector Module – CAN ‘Listen only’

node for gear selector position indicators.
TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH GEAR SELECTOR MODULE †
FLUID L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N
TURBINE SPEED TEMPERATURE PRESSURE SOLENOID OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR SENSOR REGULATORS VALVES SENSOR
330 Ω
WR 19
B+ II
P FC88
-1
υ R
330 Ω
– C
G 19.1 CAN
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 330 Ω
FC88
-3
N
+ C
Y 19.1 CAN
FC88
330 Ω -4
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 D
– C
G 19.1 CAN
-6 -5 -13 -14 -16 -2 -3 -7 -11 -15 -12 -8 -9 -4 -1 -10
FC88
B S RB Y W N G 330 Ω -8
4
+ C
Y 19.1 CAN
N G BU UY RU OG OU OR OK OB RY YB YP YU U R FC88
330 Ω -9
EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 EM47 3
-E -A -8 -C -D -J -K
330 Ω
BK BK
2 FC88 FCS47
-6
BY S RB Y W WR G
NO O OU
77 B+ EM7-1 FC3BR
EM7-26 O EM7-2
RS
29 WB
II
B+ 43
EM7-54 O EM7-4
OK E
30 WB B+ O EM7-5
OG
II
cardiagn.com
EM7-55 I EM7-6
B G 04.1 04.3 PARK, NEUTRAL
G RB (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CAN 19.1 C– I EM7-8
EM7-82 I EM7-9
W
19.1
Y C+ BY BY
CAN EMS25
EM7-83 I EM7-12
RP EM1-18
19.1
G C– I EM7-13
US US US US BY BY
CAN
EM7-85 I EM7-14 N EM1-17 FC83-1 FC83-3 FCS62
Y C+ EM7-15
BRD
CAN 19.1 D–4 BY
EM7-86 EM7-16
U SWITCH
I EM7-18
BS
AC12-11
BU
EM7-21 KICKDOWN SWITCH BY
I EM7-22
UY (LHD)
I EM7-23
BRD
BS BY
O EM7-28
BY AC27-1 AC27-2 ACS12
O EM7-29
OR BS BS BS ACS11
O EM7-30
YB EM1-16 AC12-15
BS BY
O EM7-32
YU AC25-1 AC25-2
O EM7-33
YP
B KICKDOWN SWITCH
I EM7-34
(RHD)
I EM7-36
S
I EM7-37
Y
560 Ω
I EM7-42 G RS RS WR 20
FC35 FC35 II
EM3-11
-7 MODE 560 Ω -8
I EM7-44
R STATE RLG 10.2 DIMMER OVERRIDE
RG FC35 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I EM7-45 -10
RP RP
O OB EM3-13 FC35 10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
EM7-51 -9
O EM7-52
RY
O EM7-53
RU
RG RG BK BK
EM3-14 FC35 FC35 FCS47
-2 -1
EMS43
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE B MODE SWITCH FC3BR
EM2AL
(EM1AL)

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE COMPONENTS

Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODVLE FC14,104-WAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, AIRBAG BRACKET
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND BRAKE SWITCH - LHD AC26 (FLYLEAD), d-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID SUPPLY B, ,GEARSHlFT FREE) GROUND iGEARSHlFT LOCKED) BRAKE SWITCH RHD AC24 (FLYLEAD,, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
KEY LOCK SOLENOID SUPPLY B- ,KEY CAPTIVEi GROUND (KEY RELEASED) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM10,28~WAY MULTlLOCK040,SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
NOT-IN-PARK EM,, , ,$-WAY MULTILOCK 040, SLATE
GROUND ,R,N.D,4,3,21 Bt IPARK)
EM12,22-WAY MULTILOCK OlOiSLATE
LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND EM13,34-WAY MULTiLOCK OlOiSLATE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ILOGIC) B+ B+ FC88, HYBRID, BLACK FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz FC86, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 ! WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID
SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ SC1 (FLYLEAD), ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWlTCHGEAR,
POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND FC25,48-WAY AMP PC8 SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
LIGHTING, MOTORS BAmERY POWER SUPPLY Bt Bt FC26,24-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH FC87 ,FLYLEADi , S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY

77 Pin Description Inactive HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I EM10-10 BRAKE SWITCH B+ Connector Type / Color Location / Access
C EM10-28 CAN NETWORK
AC13 *[I-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW FASClA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
C EM10-27 CAN NETWORK
EM1 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE

V Pin Description Inactive GROUNDS
C RX*-4 CAN NETWORK Ground Location I Type
C FC88-3 CAIN NETWORK
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RlGHT HAND ‘I’ PO51
C FC88-8 CAN NETWORK
FC3AS EYELET (SINGLEI, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
C FCBB-9 CAN NETWORK
cardiagn.com
FC3BR EYELET (PAlR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
FClBR EYELET iPAIR RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST

V Pin Description Active Inactive CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
S FC25-19 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hz
S FC25-20 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hr
C FC25~24
+
CAN NETWORK 15 - 1500 HZ
C FC25-47 CAN NETWORK 15 - 1500 Hz
REFERENCE ONLY.
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XK8 Range 1997 Gear Shift Interlock Gear Shift Interlock Fig. 05.2
BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD)
6 WO B GB US
II
AC26-4 AC26-1
US US US US I
ACS16
AC13-3 FCS35 EM1-8 EM10-10
7 WO B GB US
II Y
AC24-4 AC24-1 C +
EM1-6 EM10-28
BRAKE SWITCH G
(RHD) C –
EM1-7 EM10-27
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Y C +
FC88-4
G C –
FC88-3
Y C +
FC88-9
G C –
FC88-8
GEAR SELECTOR
MODULE †
cardiagn.com
Y C +
FC25-24
G C –
FC25-47
– S U U 19.1 SCP
FC25-20 FCS11
+ S S S 19.1 SCP
FC25-19 FCS12
NB
15 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NY
19 B+ (SOLENOIDS)
FC14-104
– S U
FC14-84
5 WO I + S S
II
FC14-15 FC14-85
17 WN I O OG OG B B
I FC86 FC86
FC14-32 FC14-48 FCS46
-1 -2
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK FC2BR
CONTROL GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK (FC4BR)
SOLENOID
O RW RW B B B
FC14-51 SC1-1 SC1-2 FCS49
BK BK BK SB SB I
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58
I B FC4BR
NOT-IN-PARK POWER KEYLOCK SOLENOID (FC2BR)
MICROSWITCH FC14-103
I BK
FC3BR LOGIC COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC14-65
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE FC3AS

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

v Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOlR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE Bc B+ ABS,TRACTION CONTROLCONTROLMODULE LF37,25-WAY AMP HYBRID, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT LEFT
BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+ BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37, Z-WAY AMP d”NlOR POWER TlMER , BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5” @ 10 MPH 11.5 KM,Hl = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/H, = 200 Hz BRAKE SWITCH LHD AC26 (FLYLEAD,, 4-W*,’ MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5” @ REST BRAKE SWITCH - RHO AC24 (FLYLEAD), &WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CAN NETWORK 15 - ,500 Hz STABlLlTY iTRACTION CONTROL SWITCH FC55 (FLYLEAD), IO-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5” @ REST iCENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK)
RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5” @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM,Hi = 200 Hz WHEEL SPEED SENSDR - LH FRONT FL1 , Z~WAY REINSHAGEN METRl630, BLACK WHEEL HUB
GROUND GROUND GROUND WHEEL SPEED SENSOR - LH REAR RL, , Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK WHEEL HUB
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY BA B, WHEEL SPEED SENSOR- RH FRONT FR, , Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK WHEEL HUB
NOT USED WHEEL SPEED SENSOR- RH REAR RR,, Z-WAY RElNSHAGEN METRl630, BLACK WHEEL HUB
NOT USED
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWiTCH GROUND Bt
STABILITY, TRACTlON CONTROL SWlTCH GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
CAN NETWORK 15 - 1500 HZ
STABILITY, TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED GROUND B+
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR AC13 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASClA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
2.5” @ 10 MPH 116 KM,Hi = 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hl = 200 Hz
LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR BTZ 38.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW TRUNK,ABO”E RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
2.5” @ REST
ADAPTIVE DAMPENING OVERRIDE BT72 d-WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND SIDE
IGNITION SWlTCHED SUPPLY BT73 I-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND SIDE
B+ GROUND
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LF40 13.WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
XV@ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI = 100 Hi; 20 MPH (32 KM,H, = 200 Hz
LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LF41 *-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
2.5 ” @ REST
GROUND LF.42 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO AIR CLEANER
GROUND GROUND
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY LF60 X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LEFT HAND ‘X’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ,‘A’ POSTTRIM
B- B+
RH1 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, SLATE BEHIND GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
cardiagn.com
FC2BR EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘N POST
FC4BR EYELET IPAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LFBAS EYELET ISINGLE), ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control Fig. 06.1
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
NR O UO UO
74 B+
LF37-9 LF37-1 LF40-1 EM37-2 EM37-1
35 WU
II
B+
LF37-20 I UB UB
NY LF37-13 LF40-2
73 B+
LF37-25 I S S
LF37-3 LF42-2 FR1-2 RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED
Y C + SENSOR
CAN 19.1 G G
LF37-5 FR1-1
LF37-4 LF42-1
cardiagn.com
19.1
G C –
CAN
LF37-15
NOT USED C +
LF37-11
C – Y Y Y Y Y
NOT USED
LF37-10 LF37-6 LF60-5 RH1-16 BT2-11 BT73-1 RR1-1 RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED
I O O O O O SENSOR
ADAPTIVE DAMPING OVERRIDE 11.5
UP O RR1-2
BRAKE SWITCH (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) LF37-7 LF60-4 RH1-15 BT2-10 BT73-2
LF37-19
(LHD)
6 WO B GB US
II
AC26-4 AC26-1
US US US US I I W W
ACS16
AC13-3 FCS35 LF60-1 LF37-2 LF37-17 LF41-2 FL1-2 LH FRONT
WO B GB US WHEEL SPEED
7 R R SENSOR
II
AC24-4 AC24-1 FL1-1
LF37-18 LF41-1
BRAKE SWITCH
(RHD)
I P P P P P
NR RY RY O LF37-21 LF60-2 RH1-17 BT2-12 BT72-2 RL1-2 LH REAR
16
FC55-9 FC55-11 LF60-6 LF37-16 WHEEL SPEED
STABILITY / TRACTION U U U U U SENSOR
STATE
LF37-22 LF60-3 RH1-18 BT2-13 BT72-1 RL1-1
I B
B B R R I LF37-8
FCS49 FC55-16 FC55-12 LF60-7 LF37-14 I B
LF37-24
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ABS / TRACTION CONTROL LF3AS
CONTROL MODULE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

v Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
0 ACVE DEFROST VENTSERVO MOTOR B+ 0” AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE AC,, Z-WAY MULTiLOcK 47, SLATE NC UNlT, RIGHT HAND SIDE
0 AC,-7 CENTER VENTSERVO MOTOR Bt 0” ACZ, 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
Ac3,,2-WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
0 ACM LHFRESH,REClRCULATlONVENTMOTOR B, 0” AC&, 22.WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
0 K-9 RHFRESH,RECIRCULATIONVENTMOTOR Bi 0” AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL PANEL RX3 FLYLEAD), I?-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
0 K-12 FOOTWELL VENTSERVOMOTOR B+ 0” AIR ,NTAKE - LH BLOWER KS (FLYLEAD), 11.WAY SUMlTOMO 090 HYBRID, NATURAL ADJACENTTO BLOWER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
0 K-13 COOLAIRBY-PASS VENTSERVOMOTOR Bd 0” AIR INTAKE - RH BLOWER AC6 (FLYLEAD), 15.WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID, NATURAL ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR ASSEMBLY
0 K-19 DEFROST VENTSERVOMOTOR B+ 0” AMBIENTTEMPERATURE SENSOR LF29 ,FLYLEAD) , Z-WAY YAZAKI 0902, BLACK ADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND HORN
0 AC1-20 CENTER VENTSERVO MOTOR BA 0” ASPiRATOR ASSEMBLY FC12 (FLYLEAD), &WAY MULTlLOcK 070 /WHITE DR,“ER KNEE BOLSTER
0 AC1~21 LHFRESH,RECIRCULATIONVENTSERVO
MOTOR BT 0” COMPRESSOR LOCK SENSOR PI37 FLYLEAD), Z~WAY SUMITOMO HW090, BLACK ENGlNE cOMPARTMENT,A,c COMPRESSOR
0 K-22 RHFRESH,REClRCULATlONVENTSERVO
MOTOR Bd 0” DFFERENTIAL CONTROL POTENTIOMETER Fc48 (FLYLEAD), 3.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE NC UNIT, LEFT HAND SIDE
0 K-25 FOOlwELLSERVO MOTOR B* 0” EVAPORATOR, HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY AC, (FLYLEAD), 12.WAY MULTILOCK 0.40, BLACK A/c UNIT, LEFT HAND SIDE
0 K-26 COOLAIRBYPASS SERVOMOTOR ST 0” SOLAR SENSOR Fc52 (FLY LEAD,, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DR,“ER SIDE FASUA , ADJACENT TO DEFROST VENT
VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 (FLYLEAD), ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK NC UNIT/TOP
0.75 V-LX V. ~NCREASNG WITH SOLAR LOAD
.35”=OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
235”=OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED RELAYS
> 3.5 v = OPEN < 1 v = CLOSED
2.j V @ 90~ C, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE Relay Color / Stripe Connector I Color Location / Access
0.75 V = RED 475”=BLUE AIR CONDlTlONlNG ISOLATE RELAY VIOLET FC24, VIOLET RH FASCIA RELAYS
> 3.5” = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
> 3.5” = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
> 3.5” = OPEN < 1 v = CLOSED HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
B* ,I.45 Hri
AC12 ?&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
.43” 0” AC13 20.WAY MULTiLOCK 070 iYELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET i RIGHT HAND SIDE
cardiagn.com
2.18” @ X’C; DECREASING WlTH WITH TEMPERATURE AC15 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
2.25” @ 20~ c, DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE AC15 *o-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOVNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
EM1 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENTTO RIGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
Bt iMOMENTARY 0” L&O 20.WA” MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LEFT HAND ‘x POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET i’R POSTTRIM
BA 0” PI1 57.WAY SUMITOMO , BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
3.25” @ o’c: DECREASING WlTH TEMPERATURE

3.25” @ o’c; DEcREASlNG WITH TEMPERATURE
GROUNDS
B+ 0”
0”
Br
B+ FC?BR EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘R POST
0”
B+ 0” FCBCS EYELET (SINGLE), LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
Bt FC4BR EYELET ,PAlRi - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘R POST
B+
5 v @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = so HZ
0 5v 5”
D CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
0 B+ B+
0” 0” t-
0 0” 0”
0 B+ 0”
22 HZ @ ,o MPH (16 KMIH); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH I32 KM/H) @ B+
BL 0”
0” 0”
0” 0”
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Climate Control, Part 1 Climate Control, Part 1 Fig. 07.1
COMPRESSOR AMBIENT DIFFERENTIAL
LOCK ASPIRATOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL SOLAR
SENSOR ASSEMBLY SENSOR POTENTIOMETER VENT ASSEMBLY SENSOR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR ASPIRATOR VENT DEFROST EVAPORATOR HEATER MATRIX COOL AIR BYPASS FOOT WELL
TEMPERATURE MOTOR SERVO SERVO TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE SERVO SERVO
SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR
υ
υ υ υ
B B BW OY
PI37 PI37 LF29 LF29

-1 -2 -2 -1
SB BW BW UB LGW B BW OY BW P OU BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P O KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P
PI1 PI1 FC12 FC12 FC12 FC12 LF60 LF60 FC48 FC48 FC48 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC44 FC52 FC52 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7 AC7
-55 -2 -1 -2 -3 -4 -11 -10 -2 -1 -3 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9 -1 -2 -1 -10 -2 -3 -5 -4 -6 -8 -7 -9
NOTES: When the ignition switched ground input is
interrupted during engine cranking, the A/CCM does not SB BW BW UB LGW B BW OY BW P OU BW RG PR SR OR RY RU P P OP KU UG BW SU UO GU UY UW UR P
drive high power consuming components. FCS46
The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM for B
30 seconds after the ignition is switched OFF to provide EM1 EM1 AC15 AC12 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15 AC15
power for the A/CCM to ‘park’ the servos. -11 -12 -9 -18 FC2BR -5 -18 -12 -14 -13 -15 -17 -16 -4
(FC4BR)
The ignition switched power supply to AC3-10 ‘selects’ SB BW UB LGW OY OU RG PR SR OR RY RU OP
compressor lock sensing.
AC15
-6
P P
7 WP WP B+
FCS34 FCS33 AC15-10
II RY
AC3-10 O AC1-6
8 WP WP B+ O AC1-7
PR
II PY
AC4-1 O AC1-8
cardiagn.com
18 WN WN I O AC1-9
RB
I UW
AC4-3 O AC1-12
NY NY O UO
41 B+ AC1-13
AC4-5 O AC1-19
RU
O AC1-20
SR
FC24 4
O AC1-21
Y
NY 3 5 GY GY O NR
42 B+ AC1-22
AC13-12 AC4-2 O AC1-25
UR
B B 2 1 GW GW O O AC1-26
GU
FCS49 AC15-8 AC4-15 BW
I AC2-1
OP AC15-11
FC4BR
I RG
(FC2BR) AIR CONDITIONING AC2-2
ISOLATE RELAY I AC2-3
YW
I AC2-5
SU
I AC2-9
OU
I AC2-10
OR BW
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 08.1
SG SG I I AC2-11
YG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) UY
AC12-10 AC2-6 I AC2-13
ENGINE SPEED 08.1
PY PY I
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) S
AC12-8 AC4-6 O AC3-2
VEHICLE SPEED 08.1
OU OU I D AC3-3
SG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) SB
AC12-9 AC4-16 I AC3-4
I AC3-5
OY
SERIAL COMMUNICATION 19.1
K D I AC3-6
UG ACS4
AC4-10 D AC3-7
SY
19.1
O D O AC3-8
SR
AC4-21 I AC3-11
UB
I AC3-12
KU ACS21
O AC4-4
WU
O AC4-8
P AC12-6 AC12 AC12 AC12 AC12
-2 -3 -4 -1 P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
O AC4-12
WR 10.2
I AC4-13
B AC12-5 DIMMER
CONTROLLED
O AC4-14
B B WR WU SR SY SG S RK RLG 10.2
LIGHTING
O AC4-18
LGW AC12-7 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC5 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6 AC6
O AC4-19
BW -1 -2 -6 -12 -7 -1 -2 -6 -12 -7
I AC4-20
BK
FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 FC43 P BW YG PY Y P BW YW RB NR
-7 -5 -6 -2 -3 -4 -1 -8 -9
B WR WU SR SY SG S R RLG
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE I I I I D D I I I
FC3CS
B+ B+
DATA
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CLOCK
DATA
START
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO SERVO
CONTROL PANEL LH BLOWER AIR INTAKE RH BLOWER AIR INTAKE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

0 Eb.410.2 A/Cm4ENGINE SPEED AIR CONDlTlONlNG COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 (FLYLEAD), ?-WAY SUMITOMO 090 A-TYPE, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT/A/C COMPRESSOR
I EM10~3 AiCCMCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH BATTERY POWER
SUPPLY B+ AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE AC,, *G-WAY MVLTILOCK 47, SLATE NC UNIT, RIGHT HAND SiDE
I EM10-4 NCCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RE0”EST GROUND AU, 16.WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
X3! ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
AC&, 22.WAY MULTILOCK 47, SLATE
I EM12-5 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSVRE GROUND Q 20 BAR (290 PSI) BLOWER MOTOR - LH LEFT HAND SiDE OF AK “NIT
AC5 ,FLYLEADi, 15.WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID, NATURAL
I EM,*-6 4 WAY REFRIGERANT SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR 1174 PS,) BLOWER MOTOR RH AC6 FLYLEADI ! IS-WAY SUMITOMO 090 HYBRID, NATURAL RIGHT HAND SIDE OF&C “NIT
0 EM??-10 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B- ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EMlOi28-WAY M”LTILOCK040lSLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EMll ,lB-WAY MULTILOCK OlOISLATE
EM12,22-WAY M”LTlLOCK040,SLATE
0 EM13-15 SERIES iLOW1 SPEED FAN ACTIVATE EM13,34-WAY M”LTlLDCK040,SLATE
GROUND BT
0 EM1316 PARALLEL iHIGH SPEED FAN ACTIVATE FUSE BOX-ENGINE COMPARTMENT ENGINE COMPARTMENT: LEFT FRONT
GROUND B*
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE

7i Pin Description Active Inactive FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTIO, ,&WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK, ELECTRlCAL CARRIER
BT11,1C-WAY ” T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
I AC,-, COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B- iONi 0” BT12, ,&WAY UT A. FVSEBOX, GREEN
0 K-2 BT13,lO~WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, BLUE
HEATER VALVE ACT,“E B+ 0” BTSd, EYELET
0 AC,-3 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTiVE BACKLIGHT, RIGHT HAND SIDE
0” B- HEATED BACKLIGHT RH17, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
0 AC,-4 LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE 0” B+ HEATER PUMP ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SIDE
EM41 (FLYLEAD,, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK
0 ACM DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAYACTlVATE 0” HEATER VALVE EM42 (FLYLEAD,, 2-WAb’ ECONOSEAL 111LC, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD, LEFT HAND SlDE
BL
0 AC,-16 LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE BA 0” MIRROR - DRl”ER DDB, 12.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE DRIVER DOOR
0 AC1~17 HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE B+ MIRROR- PASSENGER DPB, ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE PASSENGER DOOR
0”
0 AC?-78 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF9, BYWAY TRW, BLACK ADJACENT TO LEFT HAND HORN
0” B+
RADIATOR FAN - LH LF13,2-WAY REINSHAGEN METR, 630,BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
I ACZ-7 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK RADIATOR FAN - RH LF12, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METR, 630, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT
,.BV=LOWSPEED 0.83” = HIGH SPEED
0 AC2~8 REFRIGERANT I-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF57 (FLYLEAD), B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGiNE COMPARTMENT, REARWARD OF RADIATOR
RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0” = HIGH SPEED
I AC2-15 WiNDSHIELD HEATER - LH EM49, *-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK
cardiagn.com
7.6 V = LOW SPEED 0 83” = HIGH SPEED
0 WINDSHIELD HEATER RH EM48, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 187C, SLATE ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
AC?-,6 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0 V = HIGH SPEED
0 AC-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL 0”

RELAYS
I .x4-7 LOAD lNHlBlT Bt Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
0 AC4-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REOVEST B+ 0” AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN BUS LH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
I AC4-I, REFRIGERANT 4 WAY PRESSURE SWITCH O”(2-30BAR, B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE1 BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - LH BLVE AC20, BLUE DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL RELAYS
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY - RH BLUE AC20, BLVE DRIVESHAFTTUNNEL RELAYS
DOOR MlRROR HEATER RELAY BLUE FC28, BLUE LH FASClA RELAYS
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY 1#2) BROWN BUS TRUNK RELAYS
HEATER PUMP RELAY (Bli BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX RELAYS
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- LH BROWN EM44, BROWN RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY- RH BROWN EM&, BROWN RH BRAKE BOOSTER ENCLOSURE RELAYS
AC12 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE FASCIA TOP CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SlDE
AC13 Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AC15 *o-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BOnOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SlDE
BT2 18.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT58 I-WAY ECONOSEAL /II HC, BLACK TRUNK /ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD, Z-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘R POST TRlM
DP1 *BWAYAMP-FORD/BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘R POSTI’A’ POSTTRlM
EM, X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGINE COMpARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2 IB~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF3 13WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC /WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF40 13WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF60 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LEFT HAND ‘R POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, ‘A’ POSTTRlM
Pi, ST-WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
RH2 *O-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
EMlAR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMlBL EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMlBS EYELET (SINGLE,, ENGINE COMPARTMENT. RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EMU& EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2BL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG i ENGINE COMPARTMENT. LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2BS EYELET ISINGLE), ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FC2AL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘K POST
FC4AL EYELET (PAIRI - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
LF2AL EYELET (PAIRI - LEFT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
LF?AR EYELET iPAIR - RIGHT HAND LEGIENG~NE COMPARTMENT. Pow,mD 0F LEFT HAND ~00~ CATCH
LF2BL EYELET (PAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
RH2S EYELET (SINGLEI, LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER
I Input CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
D Serial and encoded communications B+ Battery voltage KHz Frequency x 1000
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network +
Hz Frequency MV Millivolts
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Climate Control, Part 2 Climate Control, Part 2 Fig. 07.2
EM45
NP 3 5 GK B
82
EM48-1 EM48-2
PS 2 1 WR 16
II
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
NLG OG OG NOTE: Radiator cooling and Air Conditioning EM1BL
71 (EM1BS)
LF12-2 LF12-1 LF9-2 Compressor circuits are duplicated here for
clarity. Refer to Figures 04.2 and 04.4. RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
W W WU 46 RELAY †
RH RADIATOR FAN LF40-6 LF9-9 LF9-8 E
EM44
B OY OY NG NG 3 5 GS B
72 81
LF13-1 LF13-2 LF9-5 LF9-3 EM49-1 EM49-2
WU WU EM17
EMS24
PS 2 1 WR 17
LH RADIATOR FAN LF40-7 LF9-7 RLG 5 3 NLG II
LF2AL 79 LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
EM2BS
(EM2BL)
B RY 2 1 WP 59
LF9-1 E PS LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY †
FC28
LF2AR AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH NS 3 5 RN RN RN RN B B B
EM2-4 8
O EM10-2
UG RELAY † AC13-4 ACS1 DD1-5† DD8-9 DD8-11 DDS1 DD1-1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
I EM10-3
ULG RELAY MODULE LGR 2 1 WP 6 FC4AL
UN II DRIVER MIRROR (FC2AL)
I EM10-4 AC15-19
RLG RLG B
WU EMS26 PI1-13 PI36-1 RN RN B B B
I EM12-5 PS DOOR MIRROR HEATER
I EM12-6
YW RELAY † DP1-5† DP8-9 DP8-11 DPS1 DP1-1
O EM12-10
RY AIR CONDITIONING FC2AL
COMPRESSOR (FC4AL)
PASSENGER MIRROR
W CLUTCH
O EM13-15
cardiagn.com
O EM13-16
WU AC13-8
BT13-10
3 5 UY UY B
EM2 EM1 EM1 1
-12 -13 -3 P #17 25A BT13-3 BT58-3 RH17 RH18
ULG UG UN 28 1 2 LGP
2–30 BAR II
UB UB UB BK BK BT10-8
ENGINE CONTROL HEATED BACKLIGHT
MODULE LF3-6 LF57-5
20 BAR
LF57-2 RH2S
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2) †
AC12 AC13 AC12
WU WU WU
-19 -9 -12 LF40-9 LF57-1
12 BAR TRUNK FUSE BOX
YW YW YW BK BK
LF40-11 LF57-3 LF57-4 LFS25 LGP LGP
BK
AC13-10 RH2-7 BT2-1
RLG RLG RLG REFRIGERANT
I AC1-1 4-WAY PRESSURE LF2BL
O AC1-2
U AC12-13 EM2-6 SWITCH RHD 24
O AC1-3
UY AC20
O PS NU 3 5 UW UW
AC1-4 LHD 48
O AC1-5
LGR AC6-5
O AC1-16
LGN UY 2 1 WP 10
RW II
O AC1-17
O AC1-18
LGP
UB
RH BLOWER MOTOR 1
AC12-14 EM2-14 RELAY †
US U
AC12-17 AC12-16
AC6-13 4
B B
U RW 2
AC6-8
I AC2-7
US
O AC2-8
GO GO G
I AC2-15
UK AC6-10 3
O AC2-16
GP FC2AL
RH BLOWER MOTOR
O AC3-1
ULG
EM2-5 LF60-18
RHD 48
I AC4-7
UG AC20
O UN U NW 8 10 UR UR
AC4-9 LHD 24
I AC4-17
UB AC5-5
U B B B P Y YW YW 5 3 LGN 7 6 WP 9
4 II
EM43-2 EM43-1 EMS31 EM41-2 EM41-1 LF3-1 LF7-2 #15 10A
RW 2 1
40
LF5-5 II
AIR CONDITIONING HEATER VALVE HEATER PUMP LH BLOWER MOTOR 1
CONTROL MODULE HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) † RELAY †
UK U
AC5-13 4
B ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX B B
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 07.1. 2
AC5-8
GP G
EM2AR AC5-10 3
(EM1AR)
FC4AL
LH BLOWER MOTOR

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK COMPONENTS

v Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
I FCZS-1 GROUND GROUND GROUND COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 I ZWAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BROWN ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, COOLANT RESERVOIR
I FCZ5~2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B- GROUND FUEL LEVEL SENSOR BT7, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE TRUNKIFUELTANK
0 FC25-3 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- B+ BT8, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
I FCZ6-6 ADAPTIVE DAMPENING WARNING GROUND Bt MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25,48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
FCZB, Z&-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
I FC25-10 TRIP CYCLE GROVND IMOMENTARY)
MlNOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC79, p&WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK FASCiA
I FC2513 ‘NB’TRIP SELECT GROUND ,MOMENTARY,
OiL PRESSURE SWITCH P140! I-WAY ECONOSEAL ECJS, BLACK ENGINE BLOCK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
/ FCZS-14 ‘ML/KM’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27,10-WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
S FC25-19 SCP NETWORK 2&1500Hr
SC2 (FLYLEAD), ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
s FC25-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH iCOLUMN SWITCHGEAR)

I FC25-25 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+
1 FCZS-26 GROUND GROUND Connector Type I Color Location / Access
I FC25-27 lLL”MlNATlON SUPPLY GROUND
TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT2 18.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
0 FCZ6-28 MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMlNATlON SVPPLY GROUND
EM1 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
0 x25-33 GROUND REFERENCE GROUND
EM2 18.WAY MULTiLOCK 070, YELLOW ENGlNE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
I FC25-35 ‘CLEAR’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY
PI, 57.WAY SUMITOMO, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BRACKETON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
I FC25-36 ‘000’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
RH1 ZWVAY MULTlLOCK 070, SLATE BEHIND GLOVE BOX
C X25-47 CAN NETWORK 15 1500 Hz
C FCZ5~48 CAN NETWORK 15 1500 Hz
0 FC26-1
GROUNDS
BATTERY CHARGE WARNING <3” Bt
0 FC26-2 OIL PRESSURE WARNING <3”=<3PsI B+ Ground Location / Type
0 FCZS-3 ENGINE SPEED 6” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz EMlBR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
0 FC26-4 ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE 6 ” = 90’ c EMlBR EYELET IPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
0 FCZ-5 VEHICLE SPEED - A/CCM
cardiagn.com
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/H), 44 Hz 0 20 MPH (32 KM,,,) Q Bc FCZBR EYELET (PAIR, - RiGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘I’ POST
0 FC26-6 VEHICLE SPEED-PAS 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI, 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM,Hl @ B+ FCSBL EYELET ,PAIRl- LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
0 FC26-7 VEHICLE SPEED-ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (15 KM/HI; 44 HZ Q 20 MPH (32 KMIH, 0 B+ FC4BR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
0 RX.58 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK S’J (MIDPOINT,
0 FC26-9 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V ,MIDPOINTI
0 FC26-10 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V = 0 PSI; 3 3 V = NORMAL (MIDPOINT) CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
0 FCZB-11 BATTERYVOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 - 5 ” IPULSE)
0 FCZ6-12 BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3 7 - 5 ” (PULSE)
I FC26-13 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FEEDBACK B+ = EMPTY 0 V = FULL
0 FC26-14 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 FCZ6-15 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3 V = NORMAL iMiDPOINT,
I FC26-16 AIR BAG MIL GROUND (ONi B+
0 FC26~17 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 5 V (PULSE)
0 FC26-18 OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 - 5 ” (PULSE)
I FC26-19 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING >3”=>3PsI Bt
0 FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM,, @ B+
I FCZS-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE GROUND Bt
/ FC26-22 CHARGE WARNING Bc GROUND
I FCZ-23 LOW COOLANT WARNING GROUND B+
I FC26-24 EXHAUST OVER TEMPERATURE WARNING GROUND B+
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK

v Pin Description Active Inactive
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMlNATlON SVPPLY B+ Bt
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 37-5”iP”LSEi
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE MOVEMENT 37-5”cP”LSEi
CHARGE WARNING c3” B+
BAmERY VOLTAGE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V (MIDPOINTI
BA”ERYVOLTAGE GAUGE POSiTlON FEEDBACK 5 V (MIDPOINTI
BA”ERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 - 5 V (PULSE)
BATTERY VOLTAGE GAUGE MOVEMENT 3.7 - 5 V IPULSE,
BAmERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING GROUND Cc 3 PSI) Bt
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5” = 0 PSI; 3 3 V = NORMAL IMIDPOINT)
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE POSITION FEEDBACK 5 V = 0 PSI; 3.3” = NORMAL IMIDPOINT)
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,

XK8 Range 1997 Instrument Packs Instrument Packs Fig. 08.1
RN
B+ B+
NR FC25-3 FC79-17
29 B+
FC25-25 O RO ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION SUPPLY
13 WG FC25-28 FC79-8
II
B+
FC25-2
BATTERY VOLTAGE O RK I BATTERY CHARGE

WARNING
DIMMER CONTROLLED 10.2
RO I ILLUMINATION FC26-1 FC79-11
LIGHTING SUPPLY
FC25-27 OIL PRESSURE O OW I OIL PRESSURE
WARNING
RLG I DIMMER FC26-2 FC79-18
LIGHTING OVERRIDE
FC26-21 BATTERY VOLTAGE O RG I BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
FC26-8 FC79-13
O RS I BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
SCP 19.1
S S + FC26-9 FC79-12
FC25-19 BATTERY VOLTAGE O RB I BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
19.1
U S – FC26-11 FC79-15
SCP
FC25-20 O RU I BATTERY VOLTAGE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
GAUGE
FC26-12 FC79-14
CAN 19.1
Y C + OIL PRESSURE O OB I OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
FC25-24 FC26-10 FC79-20
CAN 19.1
G C – OIL PRESSURE O OU I OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE
FC25-47 FC26-15 FC79-19
CAN 19.1
Y C + O OS I OIL PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
FC25-23 FC26-17 FC79-9
19.1
G C – O OG I OIL PRESSURE
CAN OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
FC25-48 FC26-18 FC79-10
PY O
cardiagn.com
A/CCM 07.1 ENGINE SPEED
FC26-3
A/CCM 07.1
SG O ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
FC26-4
A/CCM 07.1
OU O VEHICLE SPEED
BK BK I
FC26-5 FCS48 FC79-16
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
11.1
UB O VEHICLE SPEED
CONTROL MODULE
FC26-6 FC3BL MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK
ADAPTIVE DAMPING 11.5
ON O VEHICLE SPEED
CONTROL MODULE
FC26-7
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) RADIO / CASSETTE UW
16.1 16.2 16.3 O VEHICLE SPEED
HEAD UNIT
FC26-20
TRIP SELECT I UY
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
11.5
SO I ADAPTIVE DAMPING FC25-13 FC27-7 A/B
CONTROL MODULE WARNING (TRIP SELECT)
FC25-6
GENERATOR 03.1
SW I CHARGE WARNING RESET I O
FC26-22 FC25-36 FC27-9 000
YW BR (RESET)
AIRBAG / SRS I AIRBAG WARNING
CONTROL MODULE
17.1
FC26-16 FC25-33 FC27-2
EXHAUST
CATALYST 04.3
UR UR I OVER-TEMPERATURE MESSAGE I Y
SWITCHING MODULE WARNING
EM2-16 FC26-24 FC25-35 FC27-8
CLEAR
IMPERIAL; R
1 ΚΩ METRIC; I
RW RW RW O U.S.A. FC25-14 FC27-1
FUEL LEVEL MI / KM
SENSOR BT7 BT2-18 RH1-14 FC26-14
900Ω E F 80Ω
BT8 TRIP COMPUTER

SWITCH PACK
BW BW BW I FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
BT2-17 RH1-13 FC26-13
TRIP CYCLE I SU SU BK BK BK BK
P FC25-10 SC2-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS48
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH

OS OS OS I OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF) FC3BL
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE PI40-1 PI1-48 EM2-8 FC26-19
COLUMN SWITCH GEAR
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
I BK BK
FC25-1 FCS48
BK BK OP OP I LOW COOLANT I B B
EMS38 WARNING FCS49
EM55-1 EM55-2 EM1-19 FC26-23 FC25-26
EM1BR COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH FC4BR

(EM2BR) (FC2BR) FC3BL
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

I FC14-4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ STEERING COLUMN, RIGHT HAND SIDE
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR, SC1 (FLYLEAD), ll~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND PASSENGER SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,104~WAYAMP EEEC,SLATE
I FC14~32 IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I FCi4-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I FCl4-65 LOGlC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I FCi4-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY iLOG,Ci BT B+
0 FC14-82 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT Connector Type / Color Location / Access
0 FC14-83 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER OUTPUT AUDIO OUTPUT SC1 I2~WAY M”LTlLOCK070,WHlTE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 Hz
S FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 H2
I FC14~103 POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GROUNDS
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. Ground Location / Type
FC3AS EYELET ISINGLE,, LEFT HAND ‘R POST
+I
cardiagn.com
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS.

XK8 Range 1997 Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2
NB
15 B+
FC14-80
NY
19 B+
FC14-104
RW I
1
FC14-41
cardiagn.com
SCP SOURCES: 5 WO I
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDELAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2 II
FC14-15
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1 17 WN I
I
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1 FC14-32
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT – Fig. 15.2

AUDIBLE O GR GR
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1 WARNING 1
FC14-82 SC1-10 SC7-1
• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.2
AUDIBLE O GB GB
• SEAT BELT SWITCH – Fig. 12.1 WARNING 2
FC14-83 SC1-11 SC7-2
19.1
U S –
SCP
FC14-84 SPEAKER
19.1
S S +
SCP
FC14-85
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
B I • SIDELAMPS ON
POWER
FC14-103 • VALET MODE WARNING
BK I • GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
LOGIC
FC14-65 • MEMORY CHIME
• CONVERTIBLE TOP MOVEMENT (CONVERTIBLE VEHICLES)
FC3AS
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE • KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

0 FC14-1 RH FRONT SIDE LA\MP B”LB SUPPLY B+ GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FCil, 104.WAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, AIRBAG BRACKET
0 FC14-2 LH FRONT D, BULB SUPPLY B+ IPULSED) GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC55, PO-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
0 FC14-3 RH FRONT D, BULB SVPPLY B- iPULSED, GROUND FRONT FOG LAMP - LH LF32, Z-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK FRONT BUMPER, WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
I FC14~14 HEADLAMP MAiN BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+ FRONT FOG LAMP RH LF22 ,l~WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630, BLACK FRONT B”MPER,WHEEL ARCH LINER PANEL
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND FRONT LAMP “NIT- LH LF31, S-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK LEFl HAND HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
I FC14~1.5 SIDE LAMP REOUEST GROUND B+ FRONT LAMP “NIT- RH LFZI , B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
0 FC14-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE, STATUS LED GROUND (LIGHTS ON, LED ON) B+ FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5, IO-WAY UT A. FUSEBOX, WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT FRONT
0 FC14-27 LH SIDE DI REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY, B+ GROUND LF6,10-WAY ” T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
0 FC14-28 LF7, IO-WAY” T.A. FUSEBOX, GREEN
RH SIDE DI REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ GROUND LFB, 10.WAY “.T.A FVSEBOX! BLUE
I FC14-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REQUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY) BC LF70, EYELET
I FC14-38 FRONT FOG LAMP SWITCH GROUND IMOMENTARY) B- LIGHTING STALK ,COL”MN SWlTCHGEARi SC2 (FLYLEAD,, 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
I FC14-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FCZS, &WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
I FC14-42 DIPPED BEAM RECUEST GROUND B+ FC26,2&WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
0 FC, 4-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+ SIDE DI REPEATER - LH IROW) LF4,2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
0 FC14~53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY SIDE DI REPEATER - RH (ROW, EL5, P-WAY AMP JUNlOR POWER TIMER, BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
B+ iLIGHT ON) GROUND
0 FC14-54 LH SIDE MARKER SUPPLY ,NAS ONLY, FRONT SIDE MARKER - LH iNAS ONLY) LFll,l~WAYAMPJ”NlOR POWERTIMER,BLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
B+ iLIGHT DNi GROUND
I FC14-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND iMOMENTARY, B+ FRONT SIDE MARKER - RH ,NAS ONLY) LF10,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMERiBLACK BEHIND WHEEL ARCH LINER
I FC14-6, RH 01 REOUEST GROUND B+
I FC14-65 LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
0 FC14~68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTiVATE GROUND ,LIGHTS ON) B+ RELAYS
/ FC14-79 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I FC14-80
Relay Color I Stripe Connector I Color Location / Access
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC, B+ B+
0 FC14-81 DIP BEAM RELAY tlt5) BROWN BUS ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
RH SIDE DI REPEATER SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ iLIGHTS ON) GROUND
S FC14-84 SCP NETWORK FRONT FOG RELAY 1#2) BROWN BVS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
2-1600Hz
S FC14-85 SW NETWORK MAIN BEAM RELAY 1#3, BROWN BUS ENGiNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
2 - 1600 Hz
I FC14-88 LH Di REQUEST GROUND B+
cardiagn.com
0 FC14-96 HAZARD STATUS INDICATOR B+ iPULSED GROUND
I FC14103 POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ELI B-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LF, Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRIM
v Pin Description Active Inactive LF40 13.WAY ECONOSEAL /II LC, BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
S FC2519 SCP NETWORK 2 ,600 Hz
S FC25-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
GROUNDS
EMlAR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
EM2AR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFT HAND ENCLOSURE
FCZBR EYELET (PAIRi - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘K POST
FC3AS EYELET (SINGLE), LEFT HAND ‘K POST
FCBBL EYELET (PAIRI - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3BR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FClBR EYELET ,PAlR, - RlGHT HAND IEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
LFlAL EYELET ,PAlR, LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2BR EYELET IPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,

XK8 Range 1997 Exterior Lighting – Front Exterior Lighting – Front Fig. 09.1
UB
#21 10A LF5-4
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with Daytime Running Lamps. 3 5 UW

4
19.1
U #19 10A LF7-10
SCP
1 2 UG
4
19.1
S LF5-7
SCP
UY
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
NB #8 10A LF6-8
15 B+
FC14-80 3 5 UK
4
S U NG #6 10A LF6-4
– 51 B+
FC25-20 FCS11 FC14-79 1 2 US
4
S S RW I LF6-9
+ 1
FC25-19 FCS12 FC14-41 OB
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
5 WO I LF8-3
LIGHTING II
INDICATORS FC14-15 3 5 OW
4
#17 15A LF8-10
U S – 40 1 2 OG
II LF5-8 OB B
FC14-84
S S + LF32-1 LF32-2
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
FC14-85
LH FRONT FOG LAMP
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
NR OG O OG OG UB
16
FC55-9 FC55-18 FC14-20 FCS37 LF1-7 LF31-3
FRONT FOG STATE
O US MAIN
FC14-68 LF1-5 UY B
FC55-20
REAR FOG STATE O UG LF31-2 LF31-4
OR OR I FC14-45 LF1-6 DIP
FC55-17 FC14-38 O RK RK
FRONT FOG
FC14-53 LF1-10 LF31-1
BK BK
cardiagn.com
SIDELAMP
FCS47 FC55-2 FC55-19
REAR FOG
O GY GY B
PY PY I FC14-2 LF1-2 LF31-5 LF31-6
DI
HAZARD FC55-1 FC14-59
B B PW PW O LH FRONT LAMP UNIT

FCS49 FC55-16 FC55-3 FC14-96
HAZARD STATE
O RB RB B
FC4BR
FC3BR (FC2BR) FC14-54 LF1-9 LF11-1 LF11-2
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK LIGHTING
CONTROL LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
O GO GO B
LFS9
FC14-27 LF1-3 LF4-1 LF4-2 B
U U U I LF2BR
SC2-2 FC14-30
LH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW)
HEADLAMP
FLASH
UB UB UB I
HEADLAMP SC2-6 FC14-14
MAIN BEAM OW B
YG YG YG I LF22-1 LF22-2
BK BK BK BK SC2-7 FC14-88
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 KG KG KG I RH FRONT FOG LAMP
DIRECTION SC2-8 FC14-61
FC3BL
INDICATOR UW
UY UY UY I LF21-3
SC2-4 FC14-42 MAIN
DIP UK B
SIDE RY RY RY RY I LF21-2 LF21-4
OFF SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16 DIP
O RY RY
LIGHTING STALK FC14-1 LF1-11 LF21-1
SIDELAMP
O GK GK B
COLUMN SWITCH GEAR
FC14-3 LF1-1 LF21-5 LF21-6
DI
DIMMER MODULE – 10.2
RY
SIDE LAMPS ON
RH FRONT LAMP UNIT
O RW RW B
LFS8
FC14-28 LF1-8 LF10-1 LF10-2 B
B I LF1AL
NOTE: DI bulb failure – BPM internal function. POWER
FC14-103 RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
Daytime Running Lamps – BPM programmed function. BK I LOGIC
FC14-65 O GR GR GR GR B B B B
FC14-81 LF1-4 LF40-8 EL1-6 EL5-1 EL5-2 ELS1 EL1-5 EMS31
RH SIDE DI REPEATER (ROW) EM2AR

FC3AS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (EM1AR)
NOTE: ELS1 – Cruise Control vehicles only.

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

Gi Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
REAR FOG LAMP REDVEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECISLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA, AIRBAG BRACKET
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND BRAKE SWITCH - LHD AC26 ,FLYLEADi, 4~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
SlDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B- BRAKE SWITCH - RHD AC24 IFLYLEAD,, 4.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC55, *O-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
DlPPED BEAM REQUEST GROUND Bt FUSE BOX - TRVNK BT,O,,O-WAY U.T.A. FUSEBOX, NATURAL TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
REAR FOG LAMP STATUS LED GROUND (LED ONi Bt BT, 1, IO-WAY ” T.A. FUSEBOX, BLACK
BT,P,10-WAY “.TA F”SEBOX,GREEN
LH REAR DI LAMP SUPPLY B- (LIGHT ONi GROUND BT13,10-WAY “.T A. FUSEBOX i BLUE
LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND BTSil, EYELET
RH REAR DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ ILIGHTS ON) GROUND HlGH MOUNT STOP LAMP IC0NV.I BLB i *-WAY MULTILOCK 070 i WHITE TRUNK I UNDERSIDE OF LID
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ HlGH MOUNT STOP LAMP iCOUPE RH8, Z-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHlTE TRUNK, REARWARD OF SUB WOOFER SPEAKER
BATERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B+ B+ LAMP CONTROL MODULE BT18,26-WAY AMP MOS /YELLOW TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
SCP NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR, SC2 IFLYLEADI, ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070 i YELLOW STEERING COLVMN
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ MAJOR lNSTR”MENT PACK FC25, h&WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
TAIL LAMP RELAY ACTlVATE GROUND (LIGHTS ONi B+ FC26 II 24.WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND NUMBER PLATE LAMP - LH BL4, P-WAY AMP JVNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK TRUNK LID, LINER
LIGHTING i MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ NUMBER PLATE LAMP - RH BL5, Z~WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK TRUNK LID, LINER
B7
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT40, ,S-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT41 i 26.WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
LAMP CONTROL MODULE RH20, COAXlAL CONNECTOR
n Pin Description Active Inactive

REAR SIDE MARKER
REAR SIDE MARKER
- LH iNAS
- RH (NAS
ONLY)
ONLY)
BTU,*-WAYAMPJ”NlORPOWERTIMER/BLACK
BT26, Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
TRUNK,
TRUNK,
LEFT HAND
RIGHT HAND
SlDE
SIDE
BT18-14 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND TAIL LAMP “NIT- LH BT31 i7-WAYAMPJUNIORTIMER/BLACK TRUNK, LEFT HAND SIDE
BTIB-15 LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND TAlL LAMP “NIT RH BT30,7-WAYAMPJ”NIORTlMER,BLACK TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT,B-16 LH TAIL & SlDE MARKER LAMP SUPPLY BC GROUND
BT18-17 RH TAIL &SIDE MARKER LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BT18~18 NUMBER PLATE LAMP SUPPLY Bt GROUND RELAYS
BT18-19
cardiagn.com
LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY Bt GROUND
BTIB-20 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY BC GROUND Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location I Access
BTIB-21 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY BA GROUND REAR FOG RELAY i#1) BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
BTlB-22 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B- GROUND STOP LAMP RELAY i#5, BROWN BUS TRVNK FUSE BOX
BTIB-23 SIDE MARKER LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND TAlL LAMP RELAY 1#31 BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT18-24 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BT18-25 SECURiT” LIGHTING ON FEEDBACK B+ GROUND
BT18~26 GROUND GROUND GROUND HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK *c13 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
v Pin Description Inactive BBI S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BL, I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
S FC25-19 SCP NETWORK
BT, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT2 ,&WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
RH2 2O~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK
RH12 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

v Pin Description GROUNDS
Active Inactive
0 BT40-5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND Ground Location I Type
I BT40-6 BATERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Br BTIAR EYELET (PAIRI RIGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATERY
0 BTU-7 REAR FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG ITRUNK, RIGHT REAR
BTZAR
S BTU-8 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz EYELET (SINGLEI /TRUNK, LEFT REAR
BTBS
I BT40-73 GROUND GROUND GROUND EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND IEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FCtBL
I BT40-14 GROUND GROUND GROUND FCtBR EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘N POST
S BTU-16 SCP NETWORK 2-1500Hz EYELET (SINGLEI, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FCBAS
FCSBL EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BTdl-, SECURITY LIGHTING ON FEEDBACK B+ GROUND EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘4’ POST
FCBBR
RHIS EYELET iSlNGLEi, RIGHT HAND REAR OUARTER
+I
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Exterior Lighting – Rear Exterior Lighting – Rear Fig. 09.2
NOTE: BTS5 – Adaptive damping only.
US 11.5 ADAPTIVE DAMPING BRAKE SWITCH (LHD)

BT11-5
UG US GB B WO 6
BT11-8 II
#8 5A AC26-1 AC26-4
NK NK B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
3 5 UP
54 1
BT40-6 #6 5A BT11-4
U FCS11 U U U S – 1 2 US US US US US US US GB B WO 7
SCP 19.1 1 II
RH12-15 BT1-10 BT40-16 O OG BT11-9 BTS5 BT1-9 RH12-1 FCS35 AC13-3 ACS16 AC24-1 AC24-4
19.1
S FCS12 S S S S + BT40-7 RK
SCP STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
RH12-16 BT1-11 BT40-8 O YW #19 5A BT12-10 BRAKE SWITCH (RHD)
BT40-5 3 5 RY
LIGHTING 1
#21 5A BT10-4
CONTROL 1 2 RS
1
+ S S BK I I R BT10-7 RW B
19.1
Y C + FC25-19 BT40-13 BT41-1 UO BT27-1 BT27-2
CAN TAIL LAMP RELAY (#3) †
FC25-24 – S U BTS21
BK I BT11-7
G C – FC25-20 BT40-14 3 5 OB LH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY)
CAN 19.1
BK 1
FC25-47 #15 10A BT12-2
BT1AR 28 1 2 OG OB
REVERSE SECURITY AND LOCKING II BT10-5 BTS3
CONTROL MODULE BT31-7
GEAR
FOG
REAR FOG RELAY (#1) †
LIGHTING YW
INDICATORS BTS9 BT31-6
TRUNK FUSE BOX
REVERSE
RO B
U S – BT31-2 BT31-1
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK TAIL
FC14-84
S S + UB
BULB FAILURE
FC14-85 R O SENSING BT31-3
NB RY STOP
cardiagn.com
BT18-25
15 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80 BT18-16 GY
NY 27 WG RK BT31-4
19 B+ (LIGHTING)
II
B+
DI
FC14-104 BT18-24 BT18-17
NG UP
51 B+ (LIGHTING)
FC14-79 BT18-14 LH TAIL LAMP UNIT
RW I UO
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output. 1
FC14-41 BT18-15 RU B B
5 WO I RO BL4-1 BL4-2 BLS1
II LH TAIL;
FC14-15 BT18-21
SIDE MARKER
LIGHTING LAMPS RW LH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
BTS40 BL1-1
NR CONTROL BT18-23
16 RU RU RU B
FC55-16 FC55-18 BLS2
FRONT FOG STATE RH TAIL; BT18-18 BB1-2 BL1-2
NUMBER PLATE
OY OY O LAMPS RG
RU B BB1-1
REAR FOG STATE FC55-20 FC14-44 BT18-22
UB BL5-1 BL5-2 B
LH STOP LAMP
BT18-19
FRONT FOG FC55-17 RH NUMBER PLATE LAMP
BK BK RH STOP LAMP
UW
BTS23
BK BK OP OP I BTS21 BT18-26 BT18-20
FCS47 FC55-2 FC55-19 FC14-12 GK B
REAR FOG
BT30-4 BT3S
DI
BT1AR LAMP CONTROL MODULE
HAZARD FC55-1 UW
FC3BR
(FC1BR)
BT30-5
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK O RS RS STOP
FC14-95 RH2-16 BT2-9 RG B

O GY GY BT30-6 BT30-7
TAIL
FC14-50 RH2-3 BT1-2
UY UY UY I O GK GK YW
SC2-4 FC14-42 FC14-76 RH2-1 BT1-1 BT30-2
DIP REVERSE
BK BK BK BK SIDE RY RY RY RY I OB
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 OFF SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16 UG UG UG B B B BT30-1
CONV. BB1-3 BL1-3 BL8-1 (CONV.) BL8-2 (CONV.) CONV. BLS1 FOG
FC3BL RH8-2 (COUPE) RH8-1 (COUPE)
(FC1BL) LIGHTING STALK UG UG COUPE
B I RH TAIL LAMP UNIT
POWER COUPE BT1-17 BL1-1
FC14-103 B
COLUMN SWITCH GEAR BK B RW B B
I LOGIC RHS2
RY FC14-65 BT26-1 BT26-2 BTS17
SIDE LAMPS ON B
BB1-1 RH SIDE MARKER (NAS ONLY) BT2AR
RH1S
FC3AS B
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE BTS23
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP B
BT3S

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type / Color Location I Access
HEADLAMP
LEVEUNGACTUATOR
- LH LF34,Z-WAYREINSHAGEN
, BLACK HEADLAMPASSEMBLY,REAR
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
- RH LF24,X-WAYREINSHAGEN
, BLACK HEADLAMPASSEMBLY,REAR
LEVELING SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH PACK, FC55 FLYLEADI ,mWAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWTCH PACK
LF60 IO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING *RACKET, ‘N POST TRIM
GROUNDS
FCSBR EYELET IPAIR, RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
LFlAL EYELET ,PAlRi -LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2BR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, ENGlNE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD CATCH
cardiagn.com

XK8 Range 1997 Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.3
34 WR
II
FC55-5
32 WR
0 II
203 Ω 187 Ω
LF34-1 SERVO LH HEADLAMP
1 AMPLIFIER LEVELING ACTUATOR
GS GS GS
2 FC55-6 LF60-15 LFS6 LF34-2
cardiagn.com
3
BK BK
FC55-2 FCS47
LEVELING SWITCH
FC3BR LF34-3
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK

B
LFS9
B
LF2BR
33 WR
II
LF24-1 SERVO RH HEADLAMP
GS AMPLIFIER LEVELING ACTUATOR
LF24-2
LF24-3
LFS8
B
LF1AL
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

v Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
I DDIO-1 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,104-WAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCiA,*lRBAG BRACKET
I DDIOG LOGIC GROUND GROVND GROUND DlODE ,BT29) - TRUNK SWITCH BTZS, DIODE TRUNK,, *DJ*CENT TO BEITTERY
s DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,500 HZ DDDR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DDlO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER i BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
0 DDIO-14 DRIVERS DOOR PUDDLE L*\MP SUPPLY B- GROUND
s DD,O-16 SCP NETWORK DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER DPlO, 22.WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER, BLUE P*SSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
2 - 1500 Hz
DPlti22~W*YFORD28TlMER,BLACK
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
DOOR LOCK SWTCHES DRIVER DD3,,3-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER DD3, ,P~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASiNG
I DD11~4 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REWEST ST (MOMENTARY, GROUND
DOOR SWITCH - PPlSSENGER DP3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL I,, LC, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
/ DDll-12 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REwEST B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND
FOOTWELL LAMP LH FC31, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BL*CK LEFT HAND FOOTWELL
I DD11~20 DRIVERS DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN, B+
FOOTWELL LAMP - RH FC32,2-WAYAMPJUNIDR POWERTlMERiBLACK RIGHT HAND FOOTWELL
GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33, ,-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT GLOVE BOX
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE FC34, ,-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT
lGNlTlON SWITCH (KEY-IN SWlTCHi PC4 (FLYLEAD), I-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE STEERING COLUMN
v Pin Description Active Inactive PUDDLE LAMP- DRl”ER DOOR DD14,2~WAY*MPJUNIOR POWERTIMER,BL*CK DRIVER DOOR
I LPI&l BAl-rERY POWER SUPPLY B+ is+ PUDDLE LAMP- PASSENGER DOOR DP14,2-W*Y*MPJUNIORPOWERTlMERisLACK PASSENGER DOOR
I DP,O-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND REAR INTERlOR L*IMP (COUPE ONLY) RH3,2~WAYAMPJUNlORPOWERTlMER,WHlTE REAR CENTER OF HEAD LINING
S DPIO-9 SCPNETWORK 2-1600Hz ROOF CONSOLE RFlO,B-WAYMULTlLOCK 070,SLATE iNTERlOR ROOF
0 DP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY Es+ iLIGHT ON, GROUND TRUNK LAMP LH BT5612~WAYAMPJUNIOR POWERTlMER,WHITE TRUNK, LEFT HAND SIDE
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ TRUNK LAMP - RH BT59,P-WAY*MPJUNlORPOWERTlMER,WHlTE TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I DP,O-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND TRUNK SWITCH BT46, P-WAY FORD, BLACK TRUNK
“ANlTY L*MP - LH RF8, %WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SUN VISOR
I DPll-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) Br “ANlPl LAMP- RH RF,, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SUN VISOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE

cardiagn.com
IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
FOOTWELL, INTERIOR LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
23~WAY *MP - FORD, BL*CK DRIVER SIDE ‘N POST MOUNTING BRACKETI’A’ POST TRIM
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SlDE ‘A’ POSTI’A’ POSTTRIM
IGNlTiON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
l&WAY MULTiLOCK 070,YELLOW RIGHT HAND’A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BR*CKET,‘N POSTTRIM
LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
KEY IN lGNlTlON GROUND (KEY IN, Bt
lNTERlOR LAMP FADE 2 OVTPUT B+ (FADES TO 0 “I
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGICI B+ Bt
SCP NETWORK 2-1500HZ
GROUNDS
SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hz Ground Location / Type
TRUNK,GLO”EBOX,“*NlWL*MPPOWERSUPPLY B+ GROUND
BTlPiR EYELET IPAR) - RIGHT HAND LEG /ADJACENT TO B*“ERY
POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
FC2AL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT H*ND LEG, RlGHT HAND ‘X POST
LIGHTING, MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ St
FC2AR EYELET ,PAlRi - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, RlGHT HAND ‘K POST
FC2BR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘& POST
FCSAS EYELET WNGLE,, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC3BL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND 7~’ POST
FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
FC4AL EYELET (PAIR -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘4’ POST
FClAR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC4BL EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘X POST
FC4BR EYELET tP*IR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘t’ POST
RHlS EYELET (SINGLE), RIGHT HAND REAR QUARTER
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 10.1
NB
15 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
NY NW B B
19 B+ (LIGHTING)
FC14-104 FC31-2 FC31-1 FCS50 (LHD)
FCS46 (RHD)
RW I FC4BL
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off interior lamps during engine cranking. 1 LH FOOTWELL (FC4BR)
FC14-41
LAMP
5 WO I
II NW NW B B
FC14-15
FADE 1 O
17 WN I FC14-24 FCS1 FC32-2 FC32-1 FCS46 (LHD)
I FCS50 (RHD)
FC14-32 FC2BR
RH FOOTWELL (FC2BL)
LAMP
BK BK UR I
FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67 NW NW B B
RH2-5 RH3-2 RH3-1 RHS2
IGNITION SWITCH
FC3BL (KEY-IN SWITCH) REAR INTERIOR LAMP RH1S
(COUPE ONLY)
19.1
U U S – PW RY
SCP
FCS11 FC14-84 BT56-2 BT56-1
19.1
S S S +
SCP
FCS12
LH TRUNK LAMP
FC14-85
PW PW PW PW RY RY RY RY BK BK
INTERIOR RH2-6 BT1-5 BTS25 BT59-2 BT59-1 BTS26 BT29-1 BT29-2 BTS6 BT46-2 BT46-1 BTS21
S U LIGHTING BT29
CONTROL RH TRUNK LAMP TRUNK SWITCH
BT1AR
N
25 B+
DD10-1 AC14 AC14
-9 -8 ILLUMINATION O PW PW B B
ENABLE FC14-101 FCS36 FC33 FC34 FCS46
S U
cardiagn.com
FC2BR
GLOVE BOX LAMP (FC4BR)
LOCK OY I
NW DD3-10 DD11-12 – S
U U
38
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I DD10-9 DD1-6 † ACS5
DD3-11 DD11-4 + S
S S PW PW RFS2 PW BK
KEY BARREL DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 RF1-10 RF8-1 RF8-3
DRIVER DOOR LOCK

SWITCHES LH VANITY LAMP
BK GY I O GW
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 DD10-14 PW BK
DOOR RF7-1 RF7-3
DRIVER DOOR LAMP
SWITCH CONTROL
RH VANITY LAMP
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
B B I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17 LH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR
FC4AR
CONTROL MODULE PW
(FC2AR)
RF10-5
RW RW LH MAP LAMP
FADE 2 O
FC14-74 RF1-12 RF10-4
BK BK BK
N – S
U U I B RF10-1 RFS1 RF1-3
49 B+ POWER
DP10-1 DP10-9 DP1-6 † FC14-103 RH MAP LAMP
FC3BR
+ S
S S BK
LOGIC I
DP10-16 DP1-3 FC14-65 RH MAP LAMP
SWITCH
BK GY I
DP3-7 DP3-6 DP11-20 O GW
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
DP10-14
PASSENGER DOOR DOOR
SWITCH LAMP BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC3AS ROOF CONSOLE
CONTROL
BK BK BK I LOGIC
GW B B B
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 DD14-2 DD14-1 DDS1 DD1-1
B B I FC4AL
POWER DRIVER DOOR (FC2AL)
DP1-21 DP10-17
PUDDLE LAMP
GW B B B
FC2AR
PASSENGER DOOR DPS1
DP14-2 DP14-1 DP1-1
(FC4AR) CONTROL MODULE
FC2AL
PASSENGER DOOR (FC4AL)
PUDDLE LAMP

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
DIMMER MODULE COMPONENTS

MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ,LL”MlNATlON BULB SUPPLY Bt iLIGHTS ONi GROUND AIR CONDlTlONlNG CONTROL P*NEL FC43 FLYLEAD), I?-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
MAJOR INSTRUMENTPACK ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY B- (LIGHTS 0Ni GROUND CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC55, PO-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IGNITION SWiTCHED GROUND SUPPLY GSOUND ClGAR LIGHTER FCC!, CIGAR LIGHTER, BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
SIDE LAMPS ON RE0UEST GROUND FC59, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1.3 V = DIM, 4” = BRIGHT CONVERTIBLE TOP SWITCH PC62 j IO-WAY AMP ML KEY A i BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND CR”iSE CONTROL ON IOFF SWITCH FC63,lO~WAY AMP ML KEY B, WHITE REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ONi GROUND D,MMER CONTROL (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC,, ,FLYLEAD,,B-WAY MULTILOCK 070,WHITE STEERlNG COLUMN COWL
GENERAL ILLUMlNATlON BULB SUPPLY St (LIGHTS ON) GROUND DIMMER MODULE FC23,12-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK ADJACENT TO RIGHT HAND FASCIA FUSE BOX
GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND GEAR SELECTOR MODULE FC88, HYBRID! BLACK FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ Bt LlGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR SC2 (FLYLEAD), IO~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW STEERING COLUMN
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B- St MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FCZS, 4%WAY AMP PCS SIGN*L, BL*CK FASCIA
FCZG, 24.WAY AMP PCS SIGN*L, BLACK
DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 4” 0”
MINOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC79 ! ZO~W.4” MULTILOCK 040, BLACK FASClA
MODE SWITCH ,TR*NSMlSSlON, FC35, IO-WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK REARWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
RADIO IClO, ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK DRIVER DOOR DD17 IIO-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK - DRlVER DOOR MEMORY DD5,10-WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK-PASSENGER DOOR DPI7,8~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27,10-WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK FASClA, DRIVER SIDE
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL RELEASE SWITCH PC.+,, 10.WAY AMP ML KEY B ,WHlTE FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
“*LET SWlTCH FC67,lO~WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK DRIVER KNEE BOLSTER
“OlCE RECOGNITION ACTlVATlON SWITCH PC,, , IO-WAY AMP ML KEY 8 ,WHlTE CENTER CONSOLE
(NAS VEHICLES ONLY1
cardiagn.com
AC15 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE
DD1 23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘K POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘R POSTTRIM
DP, 23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK P*SSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’POSTTRlM
IC, ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070 iYELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SC,,
GROUNDS
EYELET (SINGLE), ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON TUNNEL
EYELET (P*IR, -LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘K POST
EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘4’ POST
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET iSINGLE,, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT H*ND ‘K POST
EYELET (PAIR) RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
EYELET (PAIR, -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N POST
EYELET (PAIRI -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘R POST
EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
EYELET (SINGLE), LEFT HAND ‘R POST
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2
MINOR INSTRUMENT MAJOR INSTRUMENT AIR CONDITIONING CENTER CONSOLE

PACK PACK RADIO CONTROL PANEL SWITCH PACK
LOCATE LOCATE ILLUMINATION

ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
LH SEAT RH SEAT FOG HEADLAMP
HAZARD HEATER HEATER LAMPS TRACTION LEVELING
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
DIMMER
DIMMER
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
FC79 FC79 FC25 FC25 FC26 FC25 IC10 IC10
-16 -8 -28 -27 -21 -26 -3 -4
BK RO RLG B RU RLG BRD RG R B FC55 FC55 FC55

RO -10 -4 -16
FCS48 FCS49 B
FCS49
BK B IC1 IC1 FC43 FC43 FC43 RLG RK B
-6 -5 -9 -8 -7
FC4BR FC4BR
FC3BL (FC2BR) CE2 (FC2BR)
RU RLG RLG RK
B 07.1 A/CCM
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RLG RLG RLG

SC11-2 SC3-8 FCS4 RLG DIMMER
FC35-10 OVERRIDE
RU BK BK
NP O RO FC35-5 FC35-1 FCS47
52 B+
LOCATE
FC23-10 FC23-1 FCS72 ILLUMINATION
NP O RO
53 B+ FC3BR
FC23-11 FC23-2 MODE SWITCH
15 WN I (TRANSMISSION)
I
FC23-3
cardiagn.com
O RU RU B
UO UO UO O FC23-7 FCS73 FC62-9 FC62-7
LOCATE
SC11-4 SC3-9 FC23-12 ILLUMINATION
Y Y Y I
SC11-5 SC3-10 FC23-5
CONVERTIBLE TOP
SWITCH
G G G O
SC11-6 SC3-11 FC23-6 RK B
RY RY FC59 FC42-1 FCS49
RK LOCATE B
DIMMER SC11-3 O ILLUMINATION
OVERRIDE FCS3 FC4BR
FC23-8
(FC2BR)
CIGAR LIGHTER
DIMMER CONTROL
RU B
UY FC63-5 FC63-1
LOCATE
SC2-4 ILLUMINATION
DIP RLG DIMMER
BK BK BK BK SIDE RY RY RY RY FC63-10 OVERRIDE
I
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 SCS2 FCS9
OFF SC2-3 FC23-4 CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
FC3BL
B B I
LIGHTING STALK FCS46 FC23-9 RK B
FC27-3 FC27-4
COLUMN SWITCH GEAR LOCATE
FC2BR
(FC4BR) ILLUMINATION
RY
BPM – SIDE LAMPS ON 14.1 09.2 09.1 DIMMER MODULE TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
RK B B
B RK FC41-4 FC41-2 FCS50
LOCATE
DD17-4 DD17-5 ILLUMINATION
FC4BL
(FC2BL)
LOCATE TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
ILLUMINATION
RELEASE SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR RK
SWITCH PACK B
FC88-5 FC88-10
B B B RK RK RK RK RK
DD1-1 DDS1 DD5-1 DD5-9 DDS5 DD1-9 ACS7 AC15-7
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FC4AL LOCATE GEAR SELECTOR MODULE †

(FC2AL) ILLUMINATION
RK B
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY FC67-9 FC67-5
SWITCH PACK LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
B B B RK RK
DPS1 VALET SWITCH
DP1-1 DP17-3 DP17-4 DP1-9
LOCATE RK
ILLUMINATION B B
FC2AL FC77-6 FC77-5 FCS2
(FC4AL) PASSENGER DOOR LOCATE
SWITCH PACK ILLUMINATION
FC2CS
(FC4CS)
VOICE RECOGNITION
† NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) have connector pin ACTIVATION SWITCH
numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown. (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

0 FC16-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE 2 ” @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE FCIS, 8-WAY RlSTS RELAY, BLACK AND RED FASCIA, BETWEEN PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX AND GLOVE BOX
I FC16-4 VEHICLE SPEED Bt @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H, = 20 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM,Hi = 40 Hz STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER - LHD LL2,Z”“AYAMPJUNIOR POWERTIMERIBLACK
0 FCl6~5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE 9 ” @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED STEERING RACK, CONTROL VALVE
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER - RHD EM18, ?-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER, BLACK
I FC16-6 lGNlTiON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0”
I FC16-8 GROUND 0” 0”
EM2 l&WAY MULTILOCK 070 {YELLOW ENGINE COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO RIGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
LL1 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC i BLACK ENGINE CDMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO STARTER MOTOR
GROUNDS
EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘K POST
EYELET IPAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
cardiagn.com
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Power Assisted Steering Power Assisted Steering Fig. 11.1
11 WP O R R R
II
B+
FC16-6 FC16-2 EM2-7 LL1-1 LL2-1
VEHICLE SPEED 08.1

UB I O S S S
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC16-4 FC16-5 EM2-1 LL1-2 LL2-2

I B B CONVERTER
FC16-8 FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
CONTROL MODULE
cardiagn.com
LHD
11 WP O R R
II
B+
FC16-6 FC16-2 EM2-7 EM18-1
VEHICLE SPEED 08.1

UB I O S S
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
FC16-4 FC16-5 EM2-1 EM18-2

I B B CONVERTER
FC16-8 FCS49
FC4BR
(FC2BR)
CONTROL MODULE
RHD
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

v Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
I FC14-ll AUTO TILT REQUEST GROUND SC AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC9,8~WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MM, BLACK STEERING COLUMN, LEFT H*ND SiDE
I FC14-I5 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,,04-WAY AMP EEEC,SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA i AIRSAG BRACKET
/ FC14~25 COLUMN MOTOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND COLUMN JOY STICK (COLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC9, B-WAY GROTE *ND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK STEERING COLUMN, LEFT HAND SIDE
/ FC14-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DD,D,Z~WAY FORD 2,8TlMER,BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
0 FC, 4-K COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE DDlt ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
5”
I Kid-41 IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY DOOR SWITCH - DRIVER DD3,13WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
GROUND
0 FC? 4-52 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND ,GNlTlON WATCH IKEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 (FLYLEAD), 8-W.4.y MULTILOCK 070, WHITE STEERING COLUMN
B+
I FC14~58 NOT-IN~PARK B+ (PARK) MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25 i 48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
G90”ND iR.N.D.4.3.21
FC26,24~WAY AMP PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
I FC14-65 LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH FC87 (FLYLEAD), BYWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
I FC14-66 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 0.5” IOUT), 4” (INi
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC60 (FLYLEAD,, 6.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE STEERING COLVMN
I FC14-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY INi B+ FC6, ,FLYLEAD, 1 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /YELLOW
0 FC14~78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND SWITCH PACK-DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5, lo-WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
I FC14-80 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGlC) B* B+
S FC14~84 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1500 HZ
s FC14-85 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
I FC14~87 COLUMN MOVEMENT REOUEST UP i 10.1 V, DOWN = 12 1 V. RETMCT = 8 5 V. EXTEND = 6.8 ”
0 FC14-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROVND Connector Type I Color Location / Access
0 FC14-91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND AC14 ICWAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I FC14-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK UP=.%“,DDWN=0.5” DD1 23~WAY AMP FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘X POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘~ POST TRIM
0 FC14-99 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B- GROUND SC2 10.WAY MULTiLOCK 070,YELLOW ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
0 FC14-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY s- GROUND SC3 12 WAY MULTILOCK 070,SLATE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
I FC14~102 COLUMN MOVEMENT MOTORS BATTERY POWER SUPPLY BT
I FCl4-103 POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
GROUNDS
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE Ground Location I Type
cardiagn.com
v Pin Description Active Inactive FCZAR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND IEG, RlGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
I DDlO-, B*TTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ St FCZBR EYELET ,PA,RI - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘K POST
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND FCJAS EYELET ISINGLE), LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
GROUND
S DD,O-9 SCP NETWORK FCBBL EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
2 - ,600 HZ
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK FCSBR EYELET (P*IRI - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
2 - 1600 HZ
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND FC4AR EYELET IPAIR RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘R POST
GROUND
FC48R EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND ,LED ON,
I DDll-6 MEMORY SET REQUEST B+
I DD11~20 DRIVERS DOOR SWITCH GROUND iDOOR OPEN, B+ CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
I DDll-2, MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARY, GROUND
I DD11~Z2 hw~IoRY2 REc*k REGuEST St iMOMENTARY, GROUND

S FC2519 SCP NETWORK 2-1600 HZ
S FC25-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
REFERENCE ONLY.
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is aoolied or a switch is ON: “Inactive” means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XK8 Range 1997 Steering Column Movement Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.2
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS

NB
15 B+ (LOGIC)
FC14-80
TILT REACH
NY B+
43
FC14-102 (COLUMN MOTORS)
RW I
1
FC14-41
5 WO I
II
FC14-15
17 WN I
I
FC14-32
U FCS11 U S –
SCP 19.1 WU WG K N R WU WG U G S
FC14-84
SCP 19.1
S FCS12 S S +
FC14-85 FC60 FC60 FC60 FC60 FC60 FC61 FC61 FC61 FC61 FC61
-2 -5 -3 -1 -6 -3 -6 -4 -1 -8
BK BK UR I
FCS48
WU YK PN BR WU PU PG BS
FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH) O BG
FC3BL
FC14-90
O WU
FC14-40 FCS17
BK BK BK SB SB I I YK
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58 FC14-93
O PN
NOT-IN-PARK
FC14-99
FC3BR MICROSWITCH
O BR
STEERING
FC14-100
cardiagn.com
COLUMN
MOVEMENT O BW
CONTROL
FC14-91
270 Ω
I PU
UP FC14-66
100 Ω
O PG
NP DOWN SK SK I FC14-78
21 470 Ω
SC3-5 SC9-1 SC9-3 SC3-6 FC14-87 O BS
FORE FC14-52
820 Ω
AFT COLUMN I B B
MOTOR FC14-25 FCS46
COLUMN JOY STICK
I B
POWER
FC14-103
BK BK BK BK YB YB I I BK BK BK
LOGIC
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 SC9-7 SC9-5 SC3-7 FC14-11 FC14-65
AUTO TILT SWITCH
FC2BR
FC3BL BODY PROCESSOR FC3AS (FC4BR)
FCS48
MODULE
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BK
N
25 B+
DD10-1 NOTE: External ground – FC3BL
19.1
Y C + – S U U U U U S – early production vehicles
CAN
FC25-24 FC25-20 AC14-8 ACS5 DD1-8 † DD10-9 (➞ VIN 003300).
19.1
G C – + S S S S S S S +
CAN
FC25-47 FC25-19 AC14-9 ACS6 DD1-3 DD10-16
VEHICLE
SPEED
NW MEMORY 1 UP
35 I
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21
MAJOR
INSTRUMENT PACK MEMORY SET KS I
DD5-10 DD11-6
MEMORY 2 UN I
NOTE: Memory circuit – DD5-6 DD11-22
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only. UG I
SET MEMORY DD5-8 DD11-2
STATUS
MIRROR
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY CONTROL
SWITCH PACK
BK GY I
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
B B I POWER
DD1-21 DD10-17
FC4AR
(FC2AR)
DRIVER DOOR Use the wire color code for pin identification on early production vehicles.
CONTROL MODULE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

c7 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,1WWAYAMPEEEC,SLATE PASSENGER SlDE FASClA,AlRBAG BRACKET
IGNITION SWTCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDlO, *Z-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY DD11,22-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
GROUND
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER DPlO,22-WAY FORD 2,8TlMER,BLUE PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
NOT-IN~PARK GROUND ~R.N.D.4.3.2, St (PARK)
DPII , *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS-DRIVER DD8 FLYLEAD,, 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE DRIVER DOOR
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY ,LOG,C) B+ B+
DOOR MlRROR MOTORS -PASSENGER DP8 FLYLEAD), 72.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE PASSENGER DOOR
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,500 Hz
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER DD3,lB-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25,48-WAY AMP PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
FC26,24-WAY AMP PCS SlGNAL, BLACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MlRROR JOYSTiCK (DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK) DD17 (FLYLEAD,, 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK
NOT-IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH FC87 (FLYLEAD), X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
v Pin Description Active Inactive S’NTCH PACK- DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5,10-WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
BAmERY POWER SUPPLY ST St
DRIVERS DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL, HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY B+ = LEFT/DOWN: GROUND= RIGHT, UP
DRIVERS DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND = LEFT HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
DRIVERS DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+=UP GROUND = DOWN
LOGIC GROUND GROUND Connector Type I Color Location / Access
GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 Hz AC14 ICWAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RiGHT HAND SIDE
SCP NETWORK DDI 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE %’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
2 - 1600 Hz
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND DPI 23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’POST,‘A’ POSTTRIM
DRIVERS DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ Bt
DRlVERS DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSlTlON FEEDBACK I”=LEFT;B”=R,GHT
DRIVERS DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER “ERTlCAL PDSlTlON FEEDBACK I”=DOWN;8”=“P GROUNDS
MIRROR SELECT GROUND = DOWN, LEFT

B+ = UP, RIGHT
cardiagn.com
SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ONi St FC2AR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND IEG, RIGHT HAND ‘X’ POST
RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND = UP FC2AR EYELET (PAIR) - RiGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
B+ = DOWN
MEMORY SET REQUEST FCBAS EYELET (SINGLE), LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
B-
RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND = RIGHT FCBBR EYELET IPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
B+ = LEFT
LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND = RIGHT FC4AR EYELET (PAIRI -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
B+ = LEFT
LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REOUEST GROUND = UP FC4AR EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘X POST
SC = DOWN
DRIVERS DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN, Bt
MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK +I

S FC25~79 SCP NETWORK

I DPIO-1 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY SC Bs
0 DP10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT, DOWN GROUND = RlGHT, UP
“ERTlCALiHORlZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
0 DP10-3 P*ssENGm DooR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR BA= RlGHT GROUND
0 DP10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+=UP GROUND
/ DPl&8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DP10-9 SCP NETWORK *- 1600 Hz
S DP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
I DP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROVND
0 DPIO-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER B+ Bi
COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE
I DP10-21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTiOMETER 1”=LEFT;8”=R,GHT
HORlZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
I DP10~22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER 1”=DOWN,8”=UP
VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
REFERENCE ONLY.
DbTF l-s IISIIF. ncTnn=~ *PPc
XK8 Range 1997 Mirror Movement Mirror Movement Fig. 11.3
U 19.1 SCP
NB
15 B+
FC14-80 S
19.1 SCP
RW I
1
FC14-41
5 WO I – S U U S – + C Y 19.1 CAN
II FCS11
FC14-15 FC14-84 FC25-20 FC25-24
17 WN I + S
S S S + – C
G
I FCS12
19.1 CAN
FC14-32 FC14-85 FC25-19 FC25-47
BK BK BK SB SB I REVERSE
FCS47 FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58 I BK GEAR
LOGIC
FC14-65
NOT-IN-PARK DRIVER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR MOTORS
FC3BR MICROSWITCH AC14 AC14 VEHICLE
-9 -8
BODY PROCESSOR FC3AS SPEED VERTICAL HORIZONTAL VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
MODULE
S U
N
25 B+
DD10-1
BK BK BK GY I
DD1-2 DDS7 DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20
– S U U
DRIVER DOOR ACS5
FC4AR DD10-9 DD1-8 †
(FC2AR) SWITCH WU WG K N U G Y WU WG K N U G Y
+ S S S
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6
NW MEMORY 1 UP I
35 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DD8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8 DP8
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4 -2 -6 -8 -3 -5 -10 -4
MEMORY SET KS
cardiagn.com
I
WU BK PK PN PU PG BY WU BK PK PN PU PG BY
DD5-10 DD11-6
MEMORY 2 UN I O WU
NOTE: Memory circuit –
DD5-6 DD11-22 DD10-20
Driver Memory Seat vehicles only.
UG I I PK
DD5-8 DD11-2 DD10-22
SET MEMORY STATUS
O PN
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY MIRROR DD10-4
SWITCH PACK CONTROL I PU
DD10-21
O PG
NW DIRECTION OB I DD10-3
36
DD17-10 DD17-2 DD11-1 O BY
UP
LH VERTICAL OR I DD10-2
DD17-11 DD11-17
DOWN LH HORIZONTAL YO I
DD17-12 DD11-10
FOLD BACK
LEFT DD17-1
RH VERTICAL SN I I BK BK BK
LOGIC
DD17-13 DD11-3 DD10-8 DDS7 DD1-2
RIGHT RH HORIZONTAL YN I I B B
BK BK BK POWER
DDS7 DD17-14 DD11-9 DD10-17 DD1-21
DD1-2 DD17-20
FC4AR
FC4AR DRIVER DOOR (FC2AR)
(FC2AR) MIRROR JOY STICK
CONTROL MODULE

– S U U
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE – 11.4
WG DP10-9 DP1-8 †
FOLD-BACK MIRRORS S S
+ S
DP10-16 DP1-3
N O WU
49 B+
DP10-1 DP10-20
I PK
DP10-22
MIRROR O PN
CONTROL DP10-4
O PU
DP10-21
I PG
DP10-3
O BY
DP10-2
I BK BK BK
LOGIC
DP10-8 DPS7 DP1-2
I B B
POWER
DP10-17 DP1-21
FC2AR
PASSENGER DOOR † NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) have connector pin (FC4AR)
CONTROL MODULE numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown.
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

v Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
I DDlO-l BArrERYPOWERSUPPLY Bi B+ CON”ERTlBLE
TOPDOWNSWTCH RHZS IFLYLEADI, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE RlGHT HAND OPERATING CYLINDER
I DD,O-8 LOGICGROUND GROUND GROUND DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRlVER DDlO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
s DD10-9 SCPNErwORK 2- 1600HZ DDll,22-WAYFORD2.8TlMER,BLACK
s DD10~16 SCPNETWORK 2- 1600HZ DOOR MIRROR ~ELECTROCHROMIC~ - DRl”ER DD8 ,FLYLEADi , ,Z-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLUE DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR IELECTROCHROMIc~ - PASSENGER DP8 (FLYLEAD), I?-WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLVE PASSENGER DOOR
I DDll-15 DOOR MIRROR POWER FOLD BACK RECNEST GROUND ,NTER,OR REAR VIEW MIRROR iELECTROCHROMlC, RE, B-WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, YELLOW WlNDSHlELD, FORWARD OF ROOF CONSOLE
LiGHTlNG STALK (COLUMN SWlTCHGEARi SC2 (FLYLEAD), IO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW STEERlNG COLUMN
MAJOR INSTRVMENT PACK FC25,48-WAY AMP PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE FC25,24-WAY AMP PCS SIGNAL, BLACK
M,RROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SW17CH PACK DD17 IFLYLEADI, X-WAY MULTILOCK 040 i BLACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
7 Pin Description Active Inactive
SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER SD3,16-WAY FORD 2 *TIMER: BLACK BELOW SLAT CUSHlON
0 SK-4 DOOR MIRROR FOLD BACK ACTIVATE GROUND *+ SD4,26-WAY FORD IDC! BLACK
SDS, 1O~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I SD5~2 POWER GROUND GROUND SEAT CONTROL MODULE -PASSENGER SP3, Is-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER I BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SP5,10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
I SD55 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE ST40 I ,G-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLACK TRUNK/ELECTRICAL CARRIER
s SD5-9 SW NETWORK
BT41, *s-WAY FORD DC, BLACK
s SDS-10 SCP NETWORK RHX, COAXIAL CONNECTOR

v Pin Description Inactive
s FCZ5i9 Connector Type I Color Location / Access
SCPNETWORK
s FC25-20 SCPNETWORK AC13 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW FASClA BO1TOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RlGHT HAND SIDE
c FC25-24 CANNETWORK AC14 l&WAY M”LTlLOCK070,SLATE FASClA SOnOb CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
c FC25-47 CANNETWORK AC16 G-WAY MULTlLDCK 070 /YELLOW LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRIM
ST1 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE R,GHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
cardiagn.com
DD, 23-WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘R POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRIM
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE DP, 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLKK PASSENGER SIDE’A’POSTI’A’ POSTTRIM
v Pin Description Active Inactive RF1 11.WAY M”LT,LOCK 070, YELLOW RlGHT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTiNG BRACKET,‘K POST TRIM
SP34 DOORMIRROR FOLDOUTACTIVATE RH12 IB~WAY M”LT,LOCK 010: YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
0 GROUND B- RH2 PO-WAY MULTLOCK 070, WHiTE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I SF52 POWERGROUND SD1 B-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
GROUND GROVND
SP1 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
I SE-5 BATrERYPOWER
SUPPLY BA B+
s SP5-9 SCPNElwORK 2 - 1600Hz
s SP5-10 SCPNETWORK 2- 1600HZ GROUNDS
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE Ground Location I Type
BTlAR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
D Pin Description Active Inactive FC2AR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘4’ POST
0 BT40-5 REVERSE LAMPSUPPLY B+ GROUND FCBBL EYELET ,PA,R) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BT40-6 BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY B- B+ FCBBR EYELET (PAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘R POST
s BT40-8 SCPNETWORK 2 - 1600Hz FClAR EYELET lPA,R) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BTU-13 GROUND GROUND GROUND FCSL EYELET iPAIR - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
I BT40~74 GROUND GROUND GROUND FCSS EYELET (SINGLE), RIGHT HAND SEAT
s BT40-16 SCPNETWORK 2 - 1600Hz FCGL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
FCGS EYELET (SINGLE), LEFT HAND SEAT
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. RHIS EYELET (SINGLE,, RIGHT HAND REAR OUARTER
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Mirror Electrochromic Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors Mirror Electrochromic Tint; Fold-Back Mirrors Fig. 11.4
U 19.1 SCP
NW DIRECTION N – S
U U U S
36 25 B+ 19.1 SCP
DD17-10 DD10-1 DD10-9 DD1-8 † ACS5
UP
LH VERTICAL
+ S
S S S
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 PB PB PB
MIRROR TINT
DOWN LH HORIZONTAL MIRROR DD1-20 DD8-12
CONTROL
FOLD BACK WG I AC14 AC14 R R R R R
-9 -8 DDS3
DD17-1 DD11-15 AC16-4 DD1-6† DD8-1
LEFT
RH VERTICAL
I BK BK BK S U
DD10-8 DDS7 DD1-2
RIGHT RH HORIZONTAL
FC4AR SR SR SR S
(FC2AR)
AC16-6 DD1-14 DD8-7
DRIVER DOOR
SLIP MECHANISM
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR JOYSTICK
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
DD17-20 (ELECTROCHROMIC)
BK
SLIP MECHANISM
DDS7
NK – S
U U FCS11 SR SR SR S
BK 7 B+
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 11.3 for mirror movement. SD5-5 SD5-10 SD1-3 FCS7 AC13-20 DP1-14 DP8-7
DD1-2 + S
S S FCS12
SD5-9 SD1-8 †
BK MIRROR
CONTROL
FC4AR
O R R R R R R R
(FC2AR)
SD3-4 SD1-7 FCS6 AC13-18 DP1-6† DPS3 DP8-1
I B B B
cardiagn.com
SD5-2 SDS3 SD1-1 ACS9
PB PB PB
MIRROR TINT
DP1-20 DP8-12
FC6L
DRIVER SEAT (FC5L)
CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
(ELECTROCHROMIC)
– S
U U
NK SP5-10 SP1-3
30 B+
SP5-5 + S
S S
SP5-9 SP1-8 † 15 WR
B+
MIRROR II RF2-1
CONTROL
O R SR PB PB PB
MIRROR TINT OUTPUT
SP3-4 SP1-7 AC13-19 RF1-14 RF2-4
I B B B YU YU SIDE LAMPS ON
SPS3 RF2-5 (EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
SP5-2 SP1-1 RF1-11
LGY LGY LGY CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN
FC5S RF2-6 (EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES)
RH2-18 RF1-9
PASSENGER SEAT (FC6S)
CONTROL MODULE YW YW YW YW REVERSE GEAR SELECTED
BT1-19 RH2-17 RF1-2 RF2-2
BK BK BK
NK – S
U U U RF1-3 RFS1 RF2-3
54 B+
BT40-6 BT40-16 BT1-10 RH12-15
+ S
S S S FC3BR INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH12-16 (ELECTROCHROMIC)
O YW YW 09.2
BT40-5 BTS9
REVERSE LAMPS
BK YW
LIGHTING I 09.2
CONTROL BT40-13
I BK BTS21
BT40-14
BK LGY LGY B B B
RHS6 RH29-2 RH29-1 RHS2
BT1AR
SECURITY AND LOCKING (COUPE)
CONTROL MODULE YU
CONVERTIBLE TOP
NOTE: RHS6 – Early production vehicles (➞VIN 003300) only. DOWN SWITCH RH1S
SC2-1
19.1
Y C + – S U
CAN
FC25-24 FC25-20
19.1
G C – + S S UY LGY 15.2
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CAN YU CONTROL MODULE –
FC25-47 FC25-19 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN
REVERSE UY UY NOTES: Convertible Top down circuit to Electrochromic Rear View

GEAR SCS4 SC2-4 Mirror – deleted for volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 ➞).
DIP Side Lamps circuit to Electrochromic Rear View Mirror –
BK BK BK BK SIDE RY RY deleted for volume production vehicles (VIN 003300 ➞).
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 OFF SCS2 SC2-3 Lighting Stalk Switch configuration as shown –
early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) only.
FC3BL LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCH GEAR numbers that differ from the volume production pin numbers shown.
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

77 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location I Access
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL GROUND St ACCELEROMETER-FRONT LATERAL EM59,S-WAYAMPMLiBLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO ECM
ADAPTIVE DAMPENlNG OVERRIDE FROM ABS,VJASC) GROUND (DURING EVENT, ACCELEROMETER-REAR VERTICAL BT52, SWAY AMP ML, BLACK TRUNK, BELOW FUEL TANK
ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND ACCELEROMETER FRONT VERTICAL FC7 IS-WAY AMP ML, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE: BEHIND ICE HEAD UNIT
SERlAL COMMUNICATIONS ADAPTIVE DAMPlNG CONTROL MODULE 8T69! 35.WAY AMP, BLACK TRUNK, ADJACENT TO ELECTRICAL CARRlER
lGNlTlON SWlTCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND BRAKE SWlTCH - LHD AC26 FLYLEAD), b-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
LH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- B- BRAKE SWITCH - RHD AC24 FLYLEAD) II 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- BL DAMPER SOLENOID - LH FRONT LF43, Z-WAY DELPHliRElNSHAGEN , SLATE TOP OF LEFT HAND FRONT DAMPER
RH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ SC DAMPER SOLENOID - LH REAR RL2,2~WAY DELPHI,REINSHAGEN /SLATE TOP OF LEFT HAND REAR DAMPER
GROUND GROUND GROUND DAMPER SOLENOID - RH FRONT LF14 / P-WAY DELPHliRElNSHAGEN /SLATE TOP OF RIGHT HAND FRONT DAMPER
FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 v OR > 4.8 v 23-Z.,“=HARD DAMPER SOLENOID- RH REAR RR2 /Z-WAY DELPHI,REINSHAGEN /SLATE TOP OF RIGHT HAND REAR DAMPER
FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK i 0.2 ” OR > 4.8” 2.?-27”=HARD
REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK c 0.2 “OR, 4.8” 23-27”=HARD
“EHiCLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KM/HI; 44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/HI @ B+ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5” 5v
BRAKE SWITCH GROUND Br Connector Type I Color Location I Access
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY 81 St ACil 20~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
SERIAL COMM”NlCATlONS BT1 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LH FRONT DAMPER BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ ST3 14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK 070,SLATE TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LH FRONT DAMPER GROUND ST772 &WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, LEFT HAND SIDE
LH REAR DAMPER GROUND BT73 I-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK REAR OF REAR HUB ASSEMBLY, RIGHT HAND SIDE
RH FRONT DAMPER GROUND EM3 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE ENGlNE CDMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RiGHTHAND ENCLOSURE
RH REAR DAMPER GROUND LF, ZO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, SLATE LEFT HAND ‘X POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
LFK ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKETI’A POST TRIM
RH1 ZO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE BEHIND GLOVE BOX
RH2 PO-WAY MULTiLOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
RH12 18~WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
BTZBL EYELET iPA,Ri -LEFT HAND LEG, TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
+I
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Suspension Adaptive Damping Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 11.5
NS O OB OB OB OB
59 B+
BT69-27 BT69-30 BT3-8 RH12-13 LF1-19 LF43-A
26 WR B+ O OW OW OW OW
II
BT69-11 BT69-31 BT3-9 RH12-14 LF1-18 LF43-B
LH FRONT
O D DAMPER SOLENOID
BT69-10

K D O OG OG OG OG
BT69-28 BT69-14 BT3-10 RH12-11 LF60-19 LF44-A
O OY OY OY OY
BT69-33 BT3-11 RH12-12 LF60-20 LF44-B
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK – FAULT WARNING 08.1
SO SO SO O
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RH12-2 BT3-14 BT69-1 O OR OR
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK – VEHICLE SPEED
08.1
ON ON ON I BT69-13 BT72-3 RL2-A
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RH1-19 BT1-4 BT69-24 O OK OK
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE – OVERRIDE 06.1
UP UP UP UP I BT69-32 BT72-4 RL2-B
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LF1-13 RH2-12 BT1-3 BT69-2
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
cardiagn.com
O OP OP
BT69-15 BT73-3 RR2-A
BRAKE SWITCH
(LHD) O OU OU
BT69-34 BT73-4 RR2-B
6 WO B GB US RH REAR
II
AC26-4 AC26-1 DAMPER SOLENOID
ACS16
US US US US US US I
AC13-3 FCS35 RH12-1 BT1-9 BTS5 BT69-26
7 WO B GB US
II
AC24-4 AC24-1
I PB PB PB PB LATERAL
BRAKE SWITCH ACCELERATION
(RHD) BT69-20 BT3-7 RH12-6 EM3-12 EM59-1
UW UW GROUND
EM3-10 EM59-2
U U B+
EM3-9 EM59-3
LATERAL
ACCELEROMETER (FRONT)
I UB UB UB VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT69-21 BT3-5 RH12-7 FC7-1
O UW UW UW UW UW GROUND
BT69-3 BTS28 BT3-13 RH12-8 FCS84 FC7-2
O U U U U U B+
BT69-25 BTS27 BT3-12 RH12-9 FCS83 FC7-3
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
I RB RB VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT69-22 BT52-1
UW GROUND
B I BT52-2
BT69-18 U B+
BT52-3
BT2BL
REAR VERTICAL
ADAPTIVE DAMPING ACCELEROMETER
CONTROL MODULE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

v Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE X14, ,,,a-WAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA/AIRBAG BRACKET
LHD RH IRHD LHI SEAT HEATER STATE LED GROUND (LED ON) B+ DOOR CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER DDIO, 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY DDI, ,ZWAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
GROUND GROUND
LHD RH IRHD LH) SEAT HEATER REOUEST MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FCX, &-WAY AMP PCS SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
GROUND B+
FC26,24-WAY AMP PCB SlGNAL, BLACK
IGNlTlON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
SEAT BELT SWITCH SD20, P-WAY MULTiLOCK 040, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT CONTROL MODULE -DRIVER SO3, ,B-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
LHD LH SEAT HEATER STATUS LED ,RHD = RHI GROUND B+ SD4, ZG-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY iLOGIC B- B+ SDS, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
scP NETWORK 2-1BoOH~ SEAT CUSHION IHEATER, - DRIVER SD19 IFLYLEAD), S-WA” MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
SCP NETWORK 2-1600HZ SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) FC55 (FLYLEAD), ?O-WAY FORD IDC , BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LHD LH iRHD RHI SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND ,MOMENTARYi B+ SEAT LUMBAR PUMP-DRIVER SD,4,3-WAYMULTlLOCK070,YELLOW SEAT BACK
POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER SD, , G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE BELOW SEAT CUSHlON
SD*,&WAY MULTlLOCK070,WHITE
SD9, G-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE SOUAB (HEATER) - DRIVER SD17 (FLYLEAD) /Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /SLATE SEAT SOUAB
SWlTCH PACK - DRIVER DOOR MEMORY DD5, q&WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
v Pin Description Active Inactive SWITCH PACK-DRIVER SEAT SD,, i ,&WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B, !3+
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600HZ HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1500HZ
POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND Connector Type I Color Location I Access
AC?4 ,&WAY MULTlLOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BOnOM CONNECTOR MO”NTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
0 DDll-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED Bi DR,“ER SlDE ‘K POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘K POST TRIM
GROUND ,LED ON) DD, 23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK
I DDll-6 MEMORY SET REOUEST BL SD1 B-WAY MULTILOCK O’IOIYELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
I DD11-2, MEMORY 1 RECALL REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY, GROUND
cardiagn.com
1 DDll-22 MEMORY 2 RECALL REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND
GROUNDS
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE Ground Location I Type
D Pin Description Active Inactive FCZAR EYELET ,PA,R) - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘X POSl
EYELET ISINGLE), LEFT HAND ‘K POST
0 SDB-1 DRIVERS SEAT S‘XVX! MOTOR SUPPLY FORWARD B+ GROUND FClAS
EYELET ,PA,R, - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘V.’ POST
0 SD%2 DRIVERS SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY-REAR B+ GROUND FCBBR
EYELET ,PA,Ri - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘X’ POST
0 SD%3 DRIVERS SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND FClAR
EYELET (PAlR, - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
0 SD35 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND FCSL
EYELET (PAIR, - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
0 SIX-6 DRIVERS SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID Bc GROUND FCSR
EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
0 SK-7 DRIVERS SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY El+ GROUND FCGL
EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
0 SD3-8 DRIVERS SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND FCSR
1 SE-9 DRIVERS SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I SLY-10 DRl”ERS SEATAFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ ,MOMENTARYI GROUND
I SD311 DRIVERS SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REOUEST Bc IMOMENTARY GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
I SD312 DRIVERS SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAlSE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
/ SD%13 DRIVERS SEAT LUMBAR !NFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND +
t SK-14 DRIVERS SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST GROUND
B+ IMOMENTARY)
I SD316 DRIVERS SEATSOUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ ,MOMENTARYi GROUND
0 SD4~1 DRIVERS SEAT SQUAB POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND

0 SD4-2 DRIVERS SEAT FORE IAFT MOVEMENT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
0 SD4~5 DRIVERS SEAT SOUAB POT REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
0 SEW6 DRIVERS SEAT RAISE, LOWER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE Bt B+
I SD4~10 DRi”ERS SEAT RAISE, LOWER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10”=“P;2”=DOWN
I Sod-ll DRIVERS SEAT soUAB POT. FEEDBACK 9”=UP,4”=DOWN
I SD4-12 DRIVERS SEAT FORE /AFT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = FORWARD, 2 V = REAR
0 SD4-14 DRIVERS SEAT RAISE/LOWER POTENTlOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND
GROUND
0 SD4-18 DRIVERS SEAT FORE /AFT MOVEMENT POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE B- Bt
DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTiFlCATlON GROUND (DRIVER)

POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- Bt
DRIVERS SEAT BELT FASTENED B+ (FASTENED) GROUND
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
SW NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ

S FC25-19 SW NETWORK 2 - ,600HZ
S FCZ5-20 SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600Hz
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Driver’s Seat – Memory Driver’s Seat – Memory Fig. 12.1
NB S U FCS11 U
15 B+ – 19.1 SCP
FC14-80 FC14-84
RW I + S
S FCS12 S
1 19.1 SCP
FC14-41 FC14-85
5 WO I Y 19.1 CAN
II
FC14-15
17 WN I G
I 19.1 CAN
FC14-32
NR OK (LHD) OS (RHD) O I B
16 POWER
FC55-9 FC55-8 (LHD) FC14-69 (LHD) FC14-103
SEAT HEATER
STATE FC55-15 (RHD) FC14-17 (RHD)
ON (LHD) OU (RHD) I I BK OK R B R
LOGIC
FC55-7 (LHD) FC14-86 (LHD) FC14-65 SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
FC55-14 (RHD) FC14-35 (RHD) THERMOSTAT
BK BK HEATER HEATER
FCS47 FC55-2
FC3AS
B
SEAT HEATER SWITCH BODY PROCESSOR MODULE DRIVER SEAT CUSHION DRIVER SQUAB
FC3BR
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK N S U U U U OR

25 B+ –
DD10-1 DD10-9 DD1-8 † ACS5 AC14-8 SD14-3
NW MEMORY 1 UP S S S S
35 I + S
DD5-5 DD5-7 DD11-21 DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC14-9 SOLENOID VALVE
MEMORY SET KS OB B B B
I
DD5-10 DD11-6 SD14-1 SD14-2 SDS3 SD1-1
MEMORY 2 UN U
I – S
DD5-6 DD11-22 FC25-20 PRESSURE SWITCH FC6L
UG S (FC5L)
I + S
DD5-8 DD11-2 FC25-19 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
SET MEMORY STATUS
BK BK BK I + C
DDS7
LOGIC VEHICLE FC25-24
DD1-2 DD10-8
DRIVER DOOR MEMORY SPEED DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
SWITCH PACK B B I – C
cardiagn.com
POWER FC25-47
DD1-21 DD10-17
SQUAB RECLINE SEAT SEAT
FORE / AFT FORE / AFT RAISE / LOWER
FC4AR
(FC2AR) DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE MAJOR
INSTRUMENT PACK
– S U U
NK SD5-10 SD1-3
7 B+
SD5-5 + S S S
N G I SEAT BELT SD5-9 SD1-8† SD8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD8 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD7 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD9 SD9
22 FASTENED -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3 -5 -6 -2 -1 -3
SD20-2 SD20-1 SD5-8 O OK
SD3-3
SEAT BELT SWITCH
O OR
WG W WY PS PO WB WU WO KS KO WN WP WR US UO
SD3-6
INFLATE GN I O OB
N LUMBAR SD11-3 SD3-13 SD3-5
23
SD11-9 DEFLATE GP I O WG
SD11-11 SD3-14 SD4-1
SEAT
RAISE KY O W
FRONT SD11-12 SD4-5
LOWER KW I WY
SD11-14 SD4-11
RAISE KY KY I O PS
SEAT REAR SD11-4 SDS5 SD3-12 SD3-1
LOWER KW KW I O PO
SD11-5 SDS4 SD3-11 SD3-2
FORE GY I O WB
RECLINE SD11-7 SD3-16 SD4-18
AFT GW I O WU
SD11-8 SD3-15 SD4-2
FORE UY I I WO
SEAT SD11-6 SD3-9 SD4-12
AFT UW I O KS
SD11-13 SD3-10 SD3-7
B O KO
SD11-1 SD3-8
O WN
B B B I SD4-6
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK POWER
SD1-1 SDS3 SD5-2 O WP
SD4-14
FC6L I WR
(FC5L)
SD4-10
O US
DRIVER OR
B B I PASSENGER SD5-3
SEAT
SD1-6 SD5-1 IDENTIFICATION O UO
SD5-4
FC6R
(FC5R)
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) – SD4-3.

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Memory Seat Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

Description Inactive Component Connector / Type I Color Location I Access
IGNITION SWITCHED
GROUND
SUPPLY GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,1WWAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET
LHDRH,RHDLHISEATHEATER
STATELED GROUND iLED ONi B+ SEAT BELT SWITCH SD20, I-WAY M”LTlLOCK 040, BLACK BELOW SEATCUSHION
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND SEAT CONTROL MODULE - DRIVER SD3, IB-WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER , BLACK BELOW SEAT C”SHlON
LHD RH ,RHD LHI SEAT HEATER REWEST GROUND St SD4,26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
SDS, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
SEAT CUSHION iHEATER DRIVER SD19 (FLYLEAD,, 3-WAY MULTiiOCK 070 /YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
LHDLHSEATHEATERSTAI”SLED~RHD=RH~ GROUND B+
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE WATCH PACK FC55 IFLYLEADI, *O-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ,LcJG,C) B+ B+
SEAT LVMBAR PUMP-DRIVER SD14,3~WAY MULTILOCK 070! YELLOW SEAT BACK
SCP NETWORK 2 1600 HZ
SEAT MOTORS- DRIVER SD,, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ SD8,6-WAY MULTiLOCK 070 /WHITE
LHD LH (RHD RHI SEAT HEATER REOUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY) B- SD9, S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW
POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND SOUAB ,HEATERI - DRIVER SD,, (FLYLEAD,, 3.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE SEAT SQUAB
SWTCH PACK - DRIVER SEAT SD,, , IG~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER SEAT

V Pin Description Active Inactive HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
DRIVERS SEAT scl”** MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD !3+ GROVND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
DRIVERS SEAT SWAB MOTOR SUPPLY-REAR B+ GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B+ GROUND SD7 S-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 iYELLOW BELOW DRl”ER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT LVMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND

DRIVERS SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B+ GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
GROUNDS
DRIVERS SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REOUEST B- IMOMENTARY) GROUND
FCBAS EYELET WNGLE,, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
DRIVERS SEAT AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST BA (MOMENTARY, GROUND
FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
DRIVERS SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REOUEST B+ (MOMENTARY, GROUND
FCSL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
cardiagn.com
DRIVERS SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAISE REQUEST & (MOMENTARYI GROUND
FCBR EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND SEAT
DRIVERS SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARYI GROUND
FCGL EYELET IPAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
DRIVERS SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY, GROUND
FCSR EYELET IPAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND SEAT
DRIVERS SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE REOUEST B+ ~MOMENTARY, GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REWEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT lDENTlF,CAT,ON

POWER GROUND GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
DRIVERS SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY GROUND
BATTERY POWER SVPPLY BA
DRIVERS SEAT BELT FASTENED GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SW NETWORK
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON OF COMPONENTS. RELAYS,

XK8 Range 1997 Driver’s Seat – Non Memory Driver’s Seat – Non Memory Fig. 12.2
NB
15 B+
FC14-80 – S U U 19.1 SCP
5 WO I FC14-84 FCS11
II S S
FC14-15 + S 19.1 SCP
17 WN I FC14-85 FCS12
I
FC14-32
NR OK (LHD) OS (RHD) O OK R B R
16
FC55-9 FC55-8 (LHD) FC14-69 (LHD) SD19-1 SD19-3 SD17-1 SD17-3
SEAT HEATER FC55-15 (RHD) FC14-17 (RHD) THERMOSTAT
STATE ON (LHD) OU (RHD) I HEATER HEATER
FC55-7 (LHD) FC14-86 (LHD)
FC55-14 (RHD) FC14-35 (RHD) B
BK BK
FC55-2
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION DRIVER SQUAB
FCS47
SEAT HEATER SWITCH B I POWER

FC3BR FC14-103
BK I OR
LOGIC
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC14-65 SD14-3
FC3AS SOLENOID VALVE

OB B B B
SD14-1 SD14-2 SDS3 SD1-1
PRESSURE SWITCH FC6L

(FC5L)
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
cardiagn.com
– S U U
NK SD5-10 SD1-3
7 B+
SD5-5 + S S S
N G I SD5-9 SD1-8 † SD8 SD8 SD7 SD7 SD9 SD9
22 SEAT BELT
-1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3
SD20-2 SD20-1 SD5-8 FASTENED
O OK
SD3-3
SEAT BELT SWITCH
O OR
PS PO KS KO US UO
SD3-6
INFLATE GN I O OB
N LUMBAR SD11-3 SD3-13 SD3-5
23
SD11-9 DEFLATE GP I
SD11-11 SD3-14
RAISE KY
SEAT FRONT SD11-12
LOWER KW
SD11-14
RAISE KY KY I O PS
SEAT REAR SD11-4 SDS5 SD3-12 SD3-1
LOWER KW KW I O PO
SD11-5 SDS4 SD3-11 SD3-2
FORE GY I
RECLINE SD11-7 SD3-16
AFT GW I
SD11-8 SD3-15
FORE UY I
SEAT SD11-6 SD3-9
AFT UW I O KS
SD11-13 SD3-10 SD3-7
B O KO
SD11-1 SD3-8
B B B I POWER
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK SDS3
SD1-1 SD5-2
FC6L
(FC5L)
O US
DRIVER OR
B B I PASSENGER SD5-3
SEAT
SD1-6 SD5-1 IDENTIFICATION O UO
SD5-4
FC6R
(FC5R)
NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) – SD4-3.

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Non Memory Seat Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

V Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,104-WAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIAIAIRBAG BRACKET
GROUND (LED DNi B+ SEAT BELT SWITCH WlRlNG ,NOT USED) SPX, 2~WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
GROUND GROUND SEAT CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER SP3,16-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
GROUND B- SP5,10-WAY FORD 2 8 TlMER, BLACK
GROUND SEAT CUSHION ,HEATER, - PASSENGER 919 FLYLEAD,, 3.WAY MVLTILOCK 070, YELLOW SEAT CUSHION
GROUND
B+ SEAT HEATER SWTCH iCENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1 FC55 (FLYLEAD), zo-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
GROUND
B- B* SEAT LUMBAR PUMP PASSENGER SP14, SWAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW SEAT BACK
SEAT MOTORS - PASSENGER SP7 : B-WAY MVLTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHlON
2 1500 HZ
SP8, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 ‘WHITE
2 - 1600 Hz SE, B-WAY MULTILOCK 070 .‘YELLDW
GROUND IMOMENTARY) B+ SP17 ,FLYLEADi, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE SEAT SQUAB
SQUAB IHEATER) PASSENGER
GROUND GROUND SWITCH PACK- PASSENGER SEAT SP, 1 I IW,VAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE

D SF%1 PASSENGER SEATSQUABMOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD B- GROUND Connector Type / Color Location / Access
D SP3~2 PASSENGER SEATSQUAB MOTOR SVPPLY - REAR s-i GROUND SP1 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
0 SW3 PASSENGER SEATHEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY B- GROUND
0 SP3-5 PASSENGER SEATLUMBAR PUMPINFLATE MOTOR B- GROUND
0 SK-6 PASSENGER SEATLUMBAR PUMPDEFLATE SOLENOlD B- GROUND GROUNDS
0 SP3~7 PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD B- GROUND
0 SE-8 PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY- REAR B- GROUND
I SK-9 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B- V4OMENTARYl GROUND FCSAS EYELET iSlNGLEi/ LEFT HAND ‘N POST
/ SK-10 PASSENGER SEATAFT MOVEMENT REQVEST ST WIOMENTAW GROUND FCBBR EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘N PO!3
I SF?-,, PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE LOWER REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY) GROUND FCBS EYELET ISINGLE), RlGHT HAND SEAT
I SK-12 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR EDGE RAlSE REQUEST S- WOMENTAW GROUND FCGS EYELET ISINGLE), LEFT HAND SEAT
cardiagn.com
I SK-13 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST St IMOMENTARY) GROUND
I SK-14 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST Bt IMOMENTARY) GROUND
I SP3-15 PASSENGER SEATSQUAB AFT RECLINE REQUEST St IMOMENTARY GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
1 SPS-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY, GROUND
+I
DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT lDENT,F,CAT,ON GROUND IDRIVERS) GROUND iPASSENGERS
PASSENGER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY NOT USED
PASSENGER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY NOT USED
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B+ ST
PASSENGER SEAT BELT FASTENED St FASTENEDI GROUND
SCP NEWORK 2-1600 HZ
SW NETWORK 2-1600 Hz
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Passenger’s Seat – 3-Way Movement Passenger’s Seat – 3-Way Movement Fig. 12.3
NB
15 B+
FC14-80 – S
U U 19.1 SCP
II S S
FC14-15 + S 19.1 SCP
17 WN I FC14-85 FCS12
I
FC14-32
NR OS (LHD) OK (RHD) O OK R B R
16
FC55-9 FC55-15 (LHD) FC14-17 (LHD) SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
SEAT HEATER THERMOSTAT
OU (LHD) ON (RHD) I HEATER HEATER
FC55-14 (LHD) FC14-35 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD) FC14-86 (RHD) B
BK BK
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION PASSENGER SQUAB
FCS47 FC55-2

FC3BR FC14-103
BK I OR
LOGIC
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC14-65 SP14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
FC3AS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
OB B B B
SP14-1 SP14-2 SPS3 SP1-1
PRESSURE SWITCH FC5S

(FC6S)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
cardiagn.com
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

– S
U U
NK SP5-10 SP1-3
SEAT BELT 30 B+
SP5-5 + S
S S
SWITCH WIRING
N G SP5-9 SP1-8 † SP8 SP8 SP7 SP7 SP9 SP9
44 NOT USED
-1 -3 -1 -3 -1 -3
SP20-2 SP20-1 SP5-8 O OK
SP3-3
O OR
PS PO KS KO US UO
SP3-6
INFLATE GN I O OB
N LUMBAR SP11-3 SP3-13 SP3-5
45
SP11-9 DEFLATE GP I
SP11-11 SP3-14
RAISE KY
SEAT FRONT SP11-12
LOWER KW
SP11-14
RAISE KY KY I O PS
SEAT REAR SP11-4 SPS5 SP3-12 SP3-1
LOWER KW KW I O PO
SP11-5 SPS4 SP3-11 SP3-2
FORE GY I
RECLINE SP11-7 SP3-16
AFT GW I
SP11-8 SP3-15
FORE UY I
SEAT SP11-6 SP3-9
AFT UW I O KS
SP11-13 SP3-10 SP3-7
B O KO
SP11-1 SP3-8
B B B I POWER
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK SPS3
SP1-1 SP5-2
FC5S
(FC6S)
O US
DRIVER OR
B I PASSENGER SP5-3
NOT CONNECTED SEAT
SP1-6 SP5-1 IDENTIFICATION O UO
SP5-4
NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) – SP4-3. PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: 3-Way Movement Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
IGNlTlON SWTCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECISLAiE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA ‘AIRBAG BRACKET
LHD RH IRHD LH, SEAT HEATER STATE LED GROUND (LED ONi B+ SEAT BELT SWITCH WIRING (NOT USED1 SPX, 2~WAY MULTlLOCK 040 I BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHION
IGNITION WATCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND SEAT CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER SW, 76.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK BELOW SEAT CUSHlON
LHD RH ,RHD LHI SEAT HEATER REQUEST B- SP5 I 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
GROUND
LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY SEAT CUSHION (HEATER1 - PASSENGER SP19 iFLYLEADi I3-WAY MULTILOCK O’WYELLOW SEAT CUSHION
GROUND GROUND
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK1 FC55 (FLYLEADI! 20.WAY FORD IDC, BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LHD LH SEAT HEATER STATVS LED iRHD = RH, GROUND B+
SEAT MOTORS- PASSENGER BELOW SEAT CUSHiON
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC) B- Bt
SCP NETWORK * - 1600 Hz
SCP NETWORK 2slBOOHZ SP,, (FLYLEAD)! 3.WA,’ MULTILOCK 070, SLATE SEAT SQUAB
SQUAB iHEATER, -PASSENGER
LHD LH ,RHD RH, SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B- SWITCH PACK- PASSENGER SEAT SF,, I 1G~WAY MULTlLOCK 040: BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS

‘J Pin Description Active Inactive Connector Type / Color Location / Access
0 SE-1 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY- FORWARD B+ GROUND SP1 S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
0 SP3~2 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB MOTOR SUPPLY - REAR Bi GROUND
0 SP3~3 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER ELEMENTS SUPPLY s+ GROUND
0 SK-5 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP INFLATE MOTOR B+ GROUND GROUNDS
0 SK-6 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DEFLATE SOLENOID B* GROUND
0 SK-7 PASSENGER SEAT FORE, AFT MOTOR SUPPLY-FORWARD B- GROUND
0 SW8 PASSENGER SEAT FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY -REAR B- GROUND FC3AS EYELET (SINGLEI, LEFT HAND ‘4’ POST
I SPS-9 PASSENGER SEAT FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND FCSBR EYELET (PAIRI - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
Bi iMDMENTARYi
I SK-10 PASSENGER SEATAFT MOVEMENT REQUEST GROUND FCSS EYELET ISINGLE), RIGHT HAND SEAT
B+ iMOMENTARY
I SW13 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR INFLATE REQUEST GROUND FCBS EYELET ISINGLE,, LEFT HAND SEAT
B-i iMOMENTARYi
I SW14 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR DEFLATE REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARY, GROUND
cardiagn.com
I SK-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLlNE REQUEST B+ iMOMENTARY GROUND
I SW16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLlNE REQUEST B+ IMOMENTARY GROUND CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
I SF51 DRIVER OR PASSENGER SEAT IDENTlFlCATlON GROUND iDRIVERS, GROUND (PASSENGERS1

I SPB-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I SP55 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY BA B+
I SPS-8 PASSENGERSEATBELTFASTENED B-FASTENED1 GROUND
S SE4 SW NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
S SW10 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Passenger’s Seat – 2-Way Movement Passenger’s Seat – 2-Way Movement Fig. 12.4
NB
15 B+
FC14-80 – S
U U 19.1 SCP
II S S
FC14-15 + S 19.1 SCP
17 WN I FC14-85 FCS12
I
FC14-32
NR OS (LHD) OK (RHD) O OK R B R
16
FC55-9 FC55-15 (LHD) FC14-17 (LHD) SP19-1 SP19-3 SP17-1 SP17-3
SEAT HEATER THERMOSTAT
OU (LHD) ON (RHD) I HEATER HEATER
FC55-14 (LHD) FC14-35 (LHD)
FC55-7 (RHD) FC14-86 (RHD) B
BK BK
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION PASSENGER SQUAB
FCS47 FC55-2

FC3BR FC14-103
BK I OR
LOGIC
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK FC14-65 SP14-3
SOLENOID VALVE
FC3AS BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
OB B B B
SP14-1 SP14-2 SPS3 SP1-1
PRESSURE SWITCH FC5S

(FC6S)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
cardiagn.com
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
SQUAB RECLINE SEAT

FORE / AFT FORE / AFT
– S
U U
NK SP5-10 SP1-3
SEAT BELT 30 B+
SP5-5 + S
S S
SWITCH WIRING
N G SP5-9 SP1-8 † SP8 SP8 SP7 SP7
44 -1 -3 -1 -3
SP20-2 SP20-1 SP5-8 O OK
SP3-3
O OR
PS PO KS KO
SP3-6
INFLATE GN I O OB
N LUMBAR SP11-3 SP3-13 SP3-5
45
SP11-9 DEFLATE GP I
SP11-11 SP3-14
SP11-12
SP11-14
O PS
SP11-4 SP3-1
O PO
SP11-5 SP3-2
FORE GY I
RECLINE SP11-7 SP3-16
AFT GW I
SP11-8 SP3-15
FORE UY I
SEAT SP11-6 SP3-9
AFT UW I O KS
SP11-13 SP3-10 SP3-7
B O KO
SP11-1 SP3-8
B B B I POWER
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK SPS3
SP1-1 SP5-2
FC5S
(FC6S)
B I
DRIVER OR
NOT CONNECTED PASSENGER SEAT
SP1-6 SP5-1 IDENTIFICATION
NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) – SP4-3. PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE † NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) have connector pin
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: 2-Way Movement Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

Description Active Inactive Component Connector / Type I Color Location / Access
TRUNK LATCH RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARYi B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14,1WWAYAMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER DDIO ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
FUEL FLAP RELEASE REQUEST GROUND IMOMENTARY B+ DD,, ,22-WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER, BLACK
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY DOOR CONTROL MODULE PASSENGER DP,0,22-W~iYFORD28TIMER/BLUE PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
GROUND
DP, 1 , 22.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER , BLACK
IGNITION GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR - DRIVER DD3, IJ~WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
VALET SWITCH GROUND ,MDMENTARYl B+
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR PASSENGER DP3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL II/ LC, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
NOT-IN-PARK GROUND iR.N.D.4.3.2~ B+ iPARK
DOOR LOCK SWITCH - PASSENGER DP3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES - DRIVER DD3,13-WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC i BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
KEY IN IGNlTlON GROUND (KEY INi B-
DOOR SWITCH - DRIVER DD3,13WAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK DRIVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
DOOR LOCK RELAY ACT,“ATE GROUND IPULSE, B+
DOOR SWITCH - PASSENGER DP3, ,WVAY ECONOSEAL 111LC, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR, DOOR CASING
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY iLOGIC) B- B+
FUEL FILL FLAP SOLENOID BT6,2~WAY LABINAL, NATIURAL TRUNK, FUEL FILL
SCP NETWORK 2 - ,600 HZ
,GNlTlON WATCH IKEY-IN SWlTCHi FC4 (FLYLEAD,, 8.WAY MULTILOCK 070 ,WHlTE STEERING COLUMN
SW NETWORK *-1600Hz
KEY FOB ANTENNA iCON”ERTlBLE, HARD WlRED TOP OF BACKLlGHT
KEY FOB ANTENNA (COUPE, RH7, COANAL CONNECTOR TOP OF BACKLIGHT
NOT~IN-PARK MlCROSWlTCH FC87 ,FLYLEADi , S-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE SECURITY AND LOCUNG CONTROL MODULE BTU,, 1G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK TRUNK/ELECTRICAL CARRIER
ST41 , ‘&WAY FORD IDC , BLACK
v Pin Description Active Inactive RHZO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
I DDIO-1 BAVERY POWER SUPPLY B- B* TRUNK AND FUEL FlLL RELEASE WATCH FC4, , 10.WAY AMP ML KEY B, WHITE FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
0 DD,E TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID BT43, P-WAY LABINAL, BROWN TRUNK, LEFT HAND SIDE
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B- GROUND
0 DDIO-6 TRUNK SWITCH BT46,2-WAY FORD, BLACK TRUNK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B- GROVND
I DD10G VALET SWITCH FC67,10-WAY AMP ML KEY A, BLACK DRl”ER KNEE BOLSTER
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD,O-9 SW NETWORK 2s1600Hr
S DD10~16 SW NETWORK 2-1600Hz
RELAYS
I DD1I-4 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST GROUND
B+ iMOMENTARYi
Color / Stripe Connector I Color Location I Access
cardiagn.com
I DDll-5 EXTERIOR DooR HANDLE WINDOW DROP REQUEST
Relay
Br
DOOR LOCKlNG RELAY VIOLET FCZI, VIOLET RH FASCl.4 RELAYS
I DD,,-I2 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST Bt iM0MENTb.W GROUND
I DDll-17 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11~20 DRIVERS DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN, B+
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE Connector Type I Color Location I Access
Description AC13 PO-WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW FASClA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
Active Inactive AC14 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET/RIGHT HAND SIDE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- B+ AC15 2O~WAY MULTlLOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B- GROUND ST1 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B- GROUND ST2 IS-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW TRUNK, ABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND DD, 23.WAY AMP- FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘R POST MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM
SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hz DPI 23.WAY AMP- FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ PDST,‘K POSTTRIM
SW NETWORK 2-1600HZ RH12 IB~WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLDW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
I DPll-5 GROUND
EXTERIOR DOOR HANDLE WlNDOW DROP REQUEST Bc GROUNDS
/ DPII~X PASSENGER DOOR SWlTCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) !3+
BTlAL EYELET (PAIR, -LEFT HAND LEG I ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BTIAR EYELET (PAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENTTO BATTERY
77 Pin Description Active Inactive FC2AR EYELET (PAiRi - RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
0 ST&-1 TRUNK RELEASE SOLENOID B+ GROUND FC2BL EYELET (PAIR, -LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘X POST
0 BT40-2 FUEL FILLER FLAP SDLENOlD B+ GROUND FCZBR EYELET (PAIR, - RiGHT HAND LEG, RlGHT HAND ‘K POST
S BT40-8 SW NETWORK 2- ,600Hz FClAS EYELET 6INGLE1, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BT40-13 GROUND GROUND GROUND FCIBL EYELET (PAIR) -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BT40~14 GROUND GROUND GROUND FC3BR EYELET (PAIRI RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
BT40-15 BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B- B+ FClAR EYELET (PNR) -RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
S BT40-16 SCP NETWORK 2-1600Hr FC4BL EYELET (PAIR, - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
I BT41~5 TRUNK SWITCH GROUND B+ FClBR EYELET (PAIR, RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
RHSI EYELET ,SINGLE,, ROOF. ADJACENTTO BACKLIGHT
I ST&,-, PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS GROUND ILOCKED, B+
I BT41~19 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR LOCK STATUS GROUND iLOCKED B+
1 RH20-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I RHZO-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I RHZO-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND
I RH20~2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHlELD GROUND GROUND
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Central Door Locking Central Door Locking Fig. 13.1
U 19.1 SCP
NB
15 B+
FC14-80 S 19.1 SCP
RW I
KEY FOB KEY FOB
1 ANTENNA ANTENNA
FC14-41
(CONVERTIBLE) (COUPE)
5 WO I
NOTE: Ignition switched ground via Inertia II
FC14-15
Switch activates emergency unlock. 8 RG I NY
II
63 B+
FC14-33 BT40-15
BK BK UR I – S U U U U S – NOTE: Early production convertible

FCS48 FC4-5 FC4-4 FC14-67 FC14-84 FCS11 RH12-15 BT1-10 BT40-16 vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) – RH7 RH7
S S S S antenna shield grounded to RH3S. -1 -2
IGNITION SWITCH + S S +
(KEY-IN SWITCH) FC14-85 FCS12 RH12-16 BT1-11 BT40-8
FC3BL LOCK
CONTROL I T
RH20-1
B
BK BK SB SB I BRD
FC87-3 FC87-1 FC14-58
S U BK BK RY RY RH20-2
I RHS3
NOT-IN-PARK BTS21 BT46-1 BT46-2 BTS6 BT41-5 I T
MICROSWITCH RH20-1
TRUNK SWITCH BRD
AC14 AC14 BT1AR
SO I -9 -8 RH20-2
TRUNK FC41-10 FC14-5 I YR
BT41-19 BT2-7
FCS47
BK SW I S U
I YP
FC41-3 FUEL FILL FC41-6 FC14-31
BK BT41-7 BT2-16
cardiagn.com
FC3BR
TRUNK AND FUEL FILL
RELEASE SWITCH O OR B
BT40-1 BT43-2 BT43-1
B B SP BK TRUNK RELEASE
I I SOLENOID
FCS50 FC67-5 FC67-4 FC14-55 O SR BT40-13
B I FC14-71 BTS21
BK I O OB B
POWER
VALET SWITCH FC14-103 BT40-14 BT40-2 BT6-2 BT6-1 BTS20
FC4BL
(FC2BL) BK BK B
I LOGIC
FUEL FILL FLAP
FC14-65 BT1AR YP YR SOLENOID BT1AL
FC3AS SECURITY AND LOCKING

BODY PROCESSOR MODULE CONTROL MODULE
RH12-18 RH12-17
N S U U
25 B+ –
ACS5
DD10-1 DD10-9 DD1-8 † YR (LHD) LOCK STATUS
NW LGU I S S S YP (RHD) YR Y BK
37 +
DD3-13 DD3-5 DD11-5 DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC13-6 (LHD) DD1-16 DD3-9 DD3-8
EXTERIOR HANDLE AC13-17 (RHD)
DDS7
LOCK OY I O SY SY
NW DD3-10 DD11-12 DD10-5 DD3-3 BK
38
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I SG SG DD1-2
DD3-11 DD11-4 DD1-19 DD3-2
KEY BARREL BK GY I O SU SU BK
DD3-7 DD3-6 DD11-20 DD10-6 DD3-1
FC4AR
DRIVER DOOR LOCK DOOR LOCK (FC2AR)
SWITCHES DRIVER DOOR CONTROL DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH ACTUATOR
BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8 B B 9 FC24
B B I NR FCS46 10 8 SG SG
POWER 31
DD1-21 DD10-17 AC15-1 ACS2
FC4AR NR 6 7 SR
(FC2AR) 32
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
FC2BR
(FC4BR)
DOOR LOCKING
N S U U RELAY
49 B+ –
DP10-1 DP10-9 DP1-8 †
NW LGU I S S S YP (LHD) LOCK STATUS
33 +
DP3-13 DP3-5 DP11-5 DP10-16 DP1-3 YR (RHD) YP Y BK
EXTERIOR HANDLE
DOOR LOCK DP3-9 DP3-8
AC13-17 (LHD) DP1-16
CONTROL AC13-6 (RHD)
BK GY I DPS7
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
SWITCH
DP3-7 DP3-6 DP11-20 O SY SY
DP10-5 DP3-3 BK
PASSENGER DOOR SG SG
SWITCH DP1-2
BK BK BK I DP1-19 DP3-2
LOGIC
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 O SU SU BK
B B I POWER DP10-6 DP3-1
FC2AR
DP1-21 DP10-17 (FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
FC2AR
(FC4AR) ACTUATOR
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE † NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) have connector pin
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

7 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector /Type / Color Location / Access
0” B- BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE FC14,104~WAY
AMPEEECI SLATE PASSENGER SIDEFASCIANRBAGBRACKET
GROUND IMOMENTARY! BI
GSOUNO
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
0 i IMOMEYTARY~
WIPER RUNI_STOPRELAYACT,“ATE GROUND
WlPER MOTOR PARKSWITCH GROUND (PARKEDi
LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY
ILOGIC) B- RELAYS
SLOWWIPE REOUEST GROUND
WIPERS
ON)
POWER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
LIGHTING, MOTORS BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY B- WlPER RUN/ STOPRELAY BLACK LF48BLACK LHBRAKE BOOSTER
ENCLOSURERELAYS
BLACK LF49BLACK LHBRAKE BOOSTER
ENCLOSURERELAYS
BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENTFVSEBOX
LF3 lS~WAY
ECONOSEAL
111
LC,WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LEFTHANDENCLOSURE
LF, 20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,SLATE LEFTHAND‘A’ POSTCONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,
‘A’ POSTTRIM
LF60 *O-WAY 070i WHITE
MULTlLOCK LEFTHAND‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM
cardiagn.com
GROUNDS
4-
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1
3 5 YR B
4
#7 30A LF6-1 LF25-2 LF25-1
1 2 YS
4
LF6-10
POWER WASH
PUMP
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

NB O YS YS
15 B+
FC14-80 FC14-18 LF1-17
NY I YW YW
19 B+
FC14-104 FC14-6 LF1-15 LF27-3 FLUID LEVEL
5 WO I O YG YG B
II LF27-2 LF27-1 LFS7
FC14-15 FC14-26 LF1-16
B
WASH / WIPE WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP LF1AR
CONTROL AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
2 WO WO LGR LGR I
II
SC1-9 WASH SC1-8 FC14-37
LGK LGK I LF48 4 B
SC1-6 FC14-34 KG 3 5 NU
FAST WIPE 10
cardiagn.com
LGO LGO I
SC1-5 FC14-94 NU 1 2 BLG
SLOW WIPE 9 LFS18
FLICK WIPE LGU LGU I B

SC1-7 FC14-9
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY †
INTERMITTENT LF3BS
WIPE BLG BLG
O
FC14-43 LF60-16
560 Ω LF49 4 U
KG 3 5 R
1.3 ΚΩ
NU 1 2 WLG
11
DELAY 2.7 ΚΩ
5.1 ΚΩ
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY †
11 ΚΩ O WLG WLG
FC14-19 LF60-17
51 ΚΩ
FAST BW R R
EM51-1 (LHD) LF3-4
WASH / WIPE STALK EM51-5 (RHD)
B B B N SLOW BR U U
LFS18 LF3-5 EM51-4 (LHD) EM51-2 (LHD) LF3-3
UY EM51-2 (RHD) EM51-4 (RHD)
SC2-4 NLG RY RY
DIP EM51-3 LF3-2
LF3BS PARK SWITCH
BK BK BK BK SIDE RY RY RY RY I
FCS48 SC2-9 SCS1 OFF SCS2 SC2-3 FCS9 FC14-16
WIPER MOTOR
FC3BL I RY RY
LIGHTING STALK
FC14-60 LF1-14
COLUMN SWITCH GEAR

RY I B
POWER
SIDE LAMPS ON FC14-103
I BK
LOGIC
FC14-65
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE FC3AS

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

;J Pin Description Inactive Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
s FC14-84 SW NETWORK BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE FC14,104-WAYAMPEEECI~~A~E PASSENGER SIDE FASCIA,AIRBAG BRACKET
s FC?4~85 SW NETWORK DOOR CONTROL MODULE-DRIVER DDlO, 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLUE DRIVER DOOR! DOOR CASING
DO, 1 ! 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE-PASSENGER
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES DRIVER
I DDlD~l BATTERY POWERSUPPLY Bt
0 DO,0~7 WINDOW LIFTMOTOR DOWNSUPPLY GROUND SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
1 0010-8 LOGICGROUND GROUND
s DD10~9 SW NETWORK
I DO,&10 DRIVERSSWITCH PACKLHWlNOOW DOWNREOUEST B-
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES -PASSENGER DOOR
I DOlO~ll DRIVERSWlNDOW LIFTSENSOR
FEEDBACK ,PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK,
I DD10~12 DRIVERSWINDOW LiFTSENSOR
FEEDBAICK
0 0010-13 DRIVERSWINDOW LlFTSENSOR
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE SC
0 DO?&15 DRIVERSWlNDOW LIFTMOTORUPSUPPLY GROUND
s DD10~16 SW NETWORK
I 0010-17 POWER GROVND GROUND
I DD10~18 DRIVERSSWITCH PACKLHWINDOW UPREOUEST GROUND
I DDIO-19 DRIVERSSWITCH PACKRHWINDOW UPREOUEST GROUND Location I Access
FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I DO,,-4 DRIVERS
DOORLOCKBARREL
UNLOCKREOUEST GROUND FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
I Doll-7 DRIVERS
SWlTCH
PACKRHWINDOWDOWNREOUEST GROUND LEFT HAND ‘X’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
I Doll-l* DRIVERS
DOORLOCKBARREL
LOCKREOVEST GROUND TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TRUNK/ABOVE RlGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SlDE ‘K POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘X POSTTRIM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘K POST, ‘K POST TRIM
cardiagn.com
V Pin Description Inactive CONVERTlBLE TOP SWITCH
s FCZS-19 SCPNETWORK RlGHT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
s FCZ5~20 SW NETWORK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY

\/ Pin Description Active Inactive GROUNDS
I OPIO-, BA”ERYPOWER SUPPLY EL B+ Ground Location / Type
0 DP10~7 PASSENGER WlNDOWLIFTMOTORDOWNSUPPLY *+ GROUND
I DP,O-8 FC2b.R EYELET IPAlRi RlGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘K POST
LOGICGROVND GROUND GROUND
EYELET IPAIR) - RlGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
FCPAR
S DP,O-9 SCPNETWORK 2 - ,600Hz
/ DPlO~lO PASSENGER SWITCH
PACKRHWINDOWDOWNREOUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DP,O-11 PASSENGER WINDOWLIFTMO”EMENTSENSOR
FEEDBACK P”=UP:12”=OOWN
/ DP10-12 CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR FEEDBACK *“=UP;1L”=oOWN
0 DPIO-13 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOVEMENT SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B, B,
0 DP10~15 PASSENGER WNDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B- GROUND
S OP10-16 SW NETWORK 2- ,600 Hz
I DP10~17 POWER GROUND GROVND GROUND
I DP,O-18 PASSENGER SWITCH PACK RH WINDOW UP REOUEST BT ~MOMENTARYI GROUND

D Pin Description Active Inactive
S 8740-8 SW NETWORK *- 1600HZ
s BT40~16 SCP NETWORK 2- 1600 Hz
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Window Lifts Window Lifts Fig. 15.1
S 19.1 SCP
CONVERTIBLE U
TOP 19.1 SCP
CONTROL
NOTE: BPM Convertible Top control – – S U FCS11 U S –

Convertible vehicles only. FC14-84 FC25-20
+ S S FCS12 S S +
FC14-85 FC25-19
REMOTE
WINDOW S S U U
CONTROL
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE NO NO NO NO

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
01.1 26 BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
BT2-8 RH2-8
U U S –
NO NO NO N N RH12-15 BT1-10 BT40-16
DRIVER SIDE FUSE BOX 01.2 25 B+
FCS81 AC16-1 (LHD) DD1-22 DD10-1 S S S +
AC15-20 (RHD)
RH12-16 BT1-11 BT40-8
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL REMOTE
AC14 AC14
-9 -8
WINDOW
CLOSE
BO I
DD17-16 DD10-18
LH WINDOW UP S U
NW BG I
36 – S U U
DD17-10
LH WINDOW DOWN DD17-17 DD10-10 ACS5
SECURITY AND LOCKING
DD10-9 DD1-8 † CONTROL MODULE
+ S
S S
cardiagn.com
BR I
DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6
RH WINDOW UP DD17-6 DD10-19
I PB
BP I DD10-11 DD16-2
RH WINDOW DOWN DD17-7 DD11-7
O PO BK BK BK
DD10-13 DD16-5 DD16-4 DDS7 DD1-2
BK BK BK I PW
DD1-2 DDS7 DD17-20 DD10-12 DD16-6 MOVEMENT SENSOR FC4AR
(FC2AR)
FC4AR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES OU

(FC2AR) O
DD10-15 DD16-1
O OB
DD10-7 DD16-3
LOCK OY I
DRIVER WINDOW LIFT
NW DD3-10 DD11-12
38
DD3-12 UNLOCK OU I
DD3-11 DD11-4
KEY BARREL BK BK BK I LOGIC
DD1-2 DDS7 DD10-8
DRIVER DOOR LOCK B B I POWER SW
SWITCHES DD1-21 DD10-17 FC14-63 FC62-6
FC4AR SR
(FC2AR)
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE NY NY NY NY FC14-10 FC62-1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
01.1 50 DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
BT2-2 RH2-13 LGR
FC14-89 RF1-4
PASSENGER SIDE NY NY NY N N LGU
FUSE BOX
01.2 49 B+
FCS82 AC15-20 (LHD) DP1-22 DP10-1 FC14-62 RF1-5
AC16-1 (RHD)
– S U U LGW
DP10-9 DP1-8 † FC14-36 RF1-6
+ S S S GB
BO I DP10-16 DP1-3 FC14-98 RH2-11
LOCAL WINDOW UP DP17-2 DP10-18 I PB GP
NW
34 DP10-11 DP16-2 FC14-77 RH2-15
DP17-1 BG I OLG
LOCAL WINDOW DOWN DP17-7 DP10-10
O PO BK BK BK RF1-13
WINDOW DPS7
DP10-13 DP16-5 DP16-4 DP1-2
BK BK BK LIFT RH2-2
DP1-2 DPS7 DP17-8 CONTROL
I PW
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES DP10-12 DP16-6 MOVEMENT SENSOR FC2AR NOTE: Coupe vehicles only – Convertible Top
FC2AR (FC4AR)
(FC4AR) fascia harness wiring not used.
PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK O OU
BK BK BK I LOGIC DP10-15 DP16-1
DP1-2 DPS7 DP10-8 O OB
B B I DP10-7 DP16-3
POWER
DP1-21 DP10-17
PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT
FC2AR
(FC4AR)
PASSENGER DOOR
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

J Pin Description Active Inactive Component Location I Access
I FC14-10 CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISE REWEST GROUND ,MOMENTARYi B+ BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE PASSENGER SIDE FASClAiAlRBAG BRACKE,
I FC14-15 IGNITION SWlTCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND CONVERTlBLE TOP CLOSED SWITCH TOP OF WlNDSHlELD
FC14~32 IGNiTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH RIGHT HAND OPERATING CYLINDER
I FC14-33 IGNlTlON SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND TOP OF WlNDSHlELD
CONVERTlBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED SWITCH
I FC14~36 CONVERTIBLE TOP REAOYTO LATCH GROUND BA CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP TRUNK/ RIGHT HAND SIDE
I FC14-62 CONVERTIBLE TOP LATCH CLOSED GROUND (CLOSED) B- CONVERTIBLE TOP RAISED SWITCH RIGHT HAND OPERATING CYLlNDER
I FC14-63 CONVERTIBLE TOP LOWER REOUEST GROUND iMOMENTARY B- CONVERTIBLE TOP READY TO-LATCH SWlTCH TOP OF WlNOSHlELD
I FCld-65 LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROVND CONVERTIBLE TOP SWTCH FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
0 FC14~77 REAR OUARTER GLASS DOWN RELAYS ACTl”*TE GROUND B- DOOR CONTROL MODULE DRIVER ORlVER DOOR, DOOR CASING
I FC14-80 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOGIC, B+ B-
S FC14W4 SCP NETWORK 2 - 1600 HZ DOOR CONTROL MODULE- PASSENGER PASSENGER DOOR 1 DOOR CASING
s FC14~85 SW NETWORK 2 - ,500 HZ
1 FC14-89 LATCH CONTROL VALVE TRUNK, CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
CONVERTIBLE TOP CLOSED GPOUND
0 FC14~98 MAlN CONTROL VALVE TRUNK: CONVERTIBLE TOP PUMP
REAR QUARTER GLASS UP RELAYS ACTIVATE GROUND
I FC14~103 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FASCIA
POWER GROUND SUPPLY
OUARTER LIGHT LIFT LH RH33: Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC i BLACK REAR OUARTER PANEL
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE OUARTER LlGHT LlFT - RH RH34,2~WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC i BLACK REAR OUARTER PANEL
SECVRITYAND LOCKING CONTROL MOOVLE BT40,16-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLPCK TRUNK I ELECTRICAL CARRIER
J Pin Description Inactive ET41 ,?S-WAY FORD IDC 1 BLACK
s 0010-9 SW NETWORK RHX, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
s ODIO-16 SCP NETWORK
RELAYS
Relay Color / Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
v Pin Description Inactive OUARTER DOWN RELAY - LH BLACK BT75, BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
S FC25~19 SW NETWORK
cardiagn.com
OUARTER DOWN RELAY - RH BLACK ST,,, BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
s FC25-20 SCP NEiWORK OUARTER UP RELAY- LH BLACK BT74 I BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
QUARTER UP RELAY- RH BLACK BT76, BLACK TRVNK RELAYS
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE TOP UP RELAY BLACK ST16 i BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
TOP DOWN RELAY BLACK BT17, BLACK TRUNK RELAYS
ci Pin Description Inactive
s DP10~9 SCP NETWORK
s DP,O-16 SCP NETWORK HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE AC14 14.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOUNT~JG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
Description Inactive BT1 Z&WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
BT4 10.WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
TOP UP RELAY ACTIVATE GROVND
DO, 23~WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRlVER SIDE ‘N POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’POSTTRlM
LATCH CONTROL VALVE GROUND
DP1 23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘K POST,‘*’ POST TRIM
BA”ERY POWER SUPPLY B-
RF, 18.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RIGHT HAND ‘K POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET, ‘N POST TRIM
SCP NETWORK
RH12 182,vAY MVLTILOCK 070, YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
MAIN CONTROL VALVE GROUND
RH2 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
TOP DOWN RELAY ACTlVATE GROUND
RH5 J-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE BEHIND LEFT HAND OUARTER TRIM PANEL
GROUND GROUND
RH6 J-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHlTE BEHIND RIGHT HAND OUARTER TRIM PANEL
GROUND GROUND
SCP NETWORK
/ BT41-3 CONVERTIBLE TOP DOWN SWITCH GROUND

GROUNDS
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. BTIAL EYELET (PAIR, LEFT HAND LEG /ADJACENT TO BA”ERY
BTlAR EYELET IPAIR, - RIGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENTTO BMTERY
BTlBL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BTIBR EYELET (PAIR) RIGHT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BTXS EYELET (SINGLE) /TRUNK, RIGHT REAR
FCBAS EYELET (SINGLE), LEFT HAND ‘K POST
FCBBR EYELET (PAIRI RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
RHIS EYELET ,SlNGLEi, RIGHT HAND REAR OUARTER
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Convertible Top Convertible Top Fig. 15.2
– S U U U U FCS11 U 19.1 SCP

DD10-9 DD1-8 † ACS5 AC14-8
+ S S S S S FCS12 S 19.1 SCP

DD10-16 DD1-3 ACS6 AC14-9
WINDOW Y 19.1 B 4 BT74
CAN
LIFT NR 5 3 GW GW O
CONTROL G 68
19.1 BT4-4 RH5-3
CAN
NK 1 2 GB RH33-2
55
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE LH QUARTER
NB Y C +
15 B+
LH QUARTER UP LIGHT LIFT
FC14-80 FC25-24
RELAY
– S U U 5 WO I G C –
II B 4 BT75 RH33-1
DP10-9 DP1-8 † FC14-15 FC25-47 BTS37
S S S 8 RG I S U U S – NR 5 3 GR GR U
+
II
– 69
DP10-16 DP1-3 FC14-33 FC14-84 FC25-20 BT4-5 RH5-1
B
WINDOW 17 WN I S S S S + NK 1 2 GP
+
VEHICLE 56
LIFT UP
I
FC14-32 FC14-85 FC25-19
CONTROL SPEED
SR I BT1BR
BK BK FC62-1 FC14-10
LH QUARTER DOWN
FCS47 FC62-10 SW I RELAY
PASSENGER DOOR MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK
FC62-6 FC14-63
CONTROL MODULE FC3BR
DOWN
O GB GB GB
FC14-98 RH2-11 BT4-3 BTS33
CONVERTIBLE TOP
SWITCH B 4 BT76
NU 5 3 GY GY O
64
BT4-7 RH6-3
cardiagn.com
LGR LGR I NK 1 2 GB RH34-2
57
RF4-2 RF1-4 FC14-89
CONVERTIBLE
TOP CLOSED TOP RH QUARTER
SWITCH CONTROL RH QUARTER UP LIGHT LIFT
RELAY
BK BK BK LGU LGU I
RF1-3 RFS1 RF4-1 RF4-3 RF1-5 FC14-62 BTS35
B 4 BT77 RH34-1
NU 5 3 GU GU U
TOP LATCH CLOSED 65
BT4-8 RH6-1
FC3BR SWITCH B
NK 1 2 GP
58
BTS34
OLG OLG LGW LGW I BT1BL

RF1-13 RF4-5 RF4-4 RF1-6 FC14-36
RH QUARTER DOWN
B I RELAY
TOP READY-TO-LATCH POWER
GP GP GP
FC14-103 O
SWITCH
BK I FC14-77 RH2-15 BT4-6
LOGIC
FC14-65
OLG
RH2-2 FC3AS BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE B 4 BT16
NO 5 3 B B
66
LGO BT15-2
RH29-3 – S U U U B 2 1 UG
NK BT40-16 BT1-10 RH12-15
TOP RAISED 54 B+
BT40-6 S S S S
SWITCH +
CONVERTIBLE TOP
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH12-16
TOP UP RELAY † PUMP
B B B LGY LGY LGY I UG
O
RHS2 RH29-1 RH29-2 BT4-1 BT41-3 BT40-3
BTS18
B 4 BT17
TOP DOWN NO 5 3 W W
RH1S SWITCH CONVERTIBLE 67
TOP BT15-1
CONTROL BTS20
B 2 1 UO
B B
BT1AL BT2CS
TOP DOWN RELAY †
UO
O
BT40-10
GW B
O
BT40-4 BT53-2 BT53-1
BK LATCH CONTROL VALVE

I
BT40-13
BTS21
BK I GR B
O
BT40-14 BT40-9 BT54-2 BT54-1 BTS20
BK B
BT1AR BT1AL
SECURITY AND LOCKING MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

V Pin Description Inactive Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
Component
c FCZ5-24 CAN NETWORK
BT19, S-WAY YAZAK, C.S.” , WHITE TRUNK i RIGHT HAND SIDE
ANTENNA MOTOR
c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK
CD AUTO-CHANGER IC,, CD DATA CONNECTOR TRVNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FULL RANGE SPEAKER - DRlVER DOOR 0019 I2-WAY GROTE *ND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
0 FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED
FULL RANGE SPEAKER - PASSENGER DOOR DP1S,Z-WAYGROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25,4WVAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. FC2Bi24-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
RADlO, CASSETTE HEAD “NIT IC8, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lCl0 : 20.WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
IC13,COAIxIAL CONNECTOR
IC14, POWER AMPLIFIER CONNECTOR
RADlO ANTENNA ICI2 i COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWTCHES iSTEERING WHEELi SW4 (FLYLEAD) ,3WAY EPC, BLACK AND WHlTE STEERING WHEEL
REAR O”A\RTER FULL RANGE SPEAKER-DRIVER SIDE w27 /Z-WAY GRATE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR OUARTER PANEL
REAR OUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKER-PASSENGER SlDE RH26, Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TRUNK/ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DRIVER SIDE ‘N POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘N POST TRIM
PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘K POSTTRlM
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
BEHlND GLOVE BOX
ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
cardiagn.com
RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
BTlAL EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, ADJACENTTO BATTERY
CE2 EYELET WNGLEi /ABOVE RIGHT HAND SlDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
FCBBL EYELET (PAIRI -LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Standard In-Car Entertainment – Convertible Standard In-Car Entertainment – Convertible Fig. 16.1
RADIO
ANTENNA
PASSENGER DOOR
FULL RANGE
NP IC13 IC12
46 B+
IC10-1
NP
47 B+
IC10-10 NG
60
22 WY B+
BT19-3
NOT USED NOT USED
I B B
IC10-11
O LGB LGB LGB LGB BT19-6 BTS20 FC38 FC38 DP19 DP19 RH24 RH24
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
19.1
Y C + IC10-5 IC2-14 RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
BT1AL NOT USED
CAN
FC25-24
ANTENNA OP OG
G C – DP18 DP18
CAN 19.1 MOTOR -1 -2
FC25-47
OP OP OP P
IC1-12 FCS67 AC14-13 DP1-17
VEHICLE O UW UW I OG OG OG G
SPEED FC26-20 IC1-11 IC10-12 IC1-13 FCS68 AC14-14 DP1-23
SK SK SK K
IC10-18 IC1-1 AC14-4 DP1-11
SO SO SO O
cardiagn.com
RU RU IC10-17 IC1-2 AC14-3 DP1-12
LIGHTING IC10-3 KG KG
10.2
RLG RLG IC1-3 RH1-1
DIMMER OVERRIDE
IC10-4 BW BW
16.4
PO PO IC1-4 RH1-2
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-14
16.4
PK PK
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-15
16.4
PR PR KW KW KW
RADIO TELEPHONE
RH26-1 PASSENGER SIDE
IC10-16 IC10-20 IC1-16 RH1-20
REAR QUARTER
BG BG BG FULL RANGE
IC10-19 IC1-17 RH1-12 RH26-2
CASSETTE
PY PY PY PY I
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 IC2-8 IC10-2 KB KB KB
3.3 Κ Ω RH27-1
DRIVE SIDE
IC10-9 IC1-18 RH1-5
REAR QUARTER
BY BY BY FULL RANGE
SEEK
IC10-8 IC1-19 RH1-6 RH27-2
6.8 Κ Ω
VOLUME +
20 Κ Ω
VOLUME - CASSETTE BS BS
BO BO BO BO BK IC1-7 RH1-4
SW4-2 SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS48 KP KP
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES IC1-8 RH1-3
PO PO PO O
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL IC10-6 IC1-9 AC14-1 DD1-12
PK PK PK K
IC10-7 IC1-10 AC14-2 DD1-11
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic UG FCS28 UG UG G
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not IC1-14 AC14-12 DD1-23
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. UP FCS27 UP UP P
IC8 IC7 IC1-15 AC14-11 DD1-17
BRD UP UG DD18 DD18

CD AUTO-CHANGER -1 -2
FC39 FC39 DD19 DD19 RH25 RH25

-1 -2 NOT USED -1 -2 -1 -2
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT NOT USED NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR
FULL RANGE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Convertible Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

c FC25~24 CANNETWORK 15- ,500HZ ANTENNA MOTOR BT,9,6-WAYYAZAKI C S.“. /WHITE TRUNK, RiGHT HAND SIDE
c FC25-47 CANNETWORK 15- ,500HZ CD A”TO-CHANGER IC7, CD DATA CONNECTOR TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
FVLL RANGE SPEAKER - DRIVER DOOR 0019, Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING
0 FC26~20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz Q 10 MPH 116 KM/HI. 44 HZ @ 20 MPH ,32 KMiHi @ B+ FULL RANGE SPEAKER - PASSENGER DOOR DP19, Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING
MAJOR lNSTR”MENT PACK FC25,48-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK FASClA
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. Fc26,*4-WAY AMP PCS SIGNAL I BLACK
RADIO, CASSETTE HEAD “NIT IO, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lClO,20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 /WHITE
IC13, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
RADlO ANTENNA IC12, COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK, RlGHT HAND SIDE
RADIO CONTROL SWlTCHES (STEERING WHEEL SW4 ,FLYLEADI ,3-WAY EPC, BLACK AND WHITE STEERING WHEEL
REAR OJARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKER-DRIVER SIOE RH25, SWAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK ,NTERlOR REAR OUARTER PANEL
REAR QUARTER FULL RANGE SPEAKER-PASSENGER SIDE ~~24 i *-WAY GRATE ANO HARTMAN rmtc / BLACK ,NTER,OR REAR OUARTER PANEL
AC14 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA BO”OM CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT1 PO-WAY MULTlLOCK 070 /WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DO1 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET,‘A’ POST TRIM
LIP1 23.WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘4’ POST, ‘A’ POST TRIM
ICI 2@WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 1CWAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RH, X-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERlNG COLUMN
cardiagn.com
SW ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY JST , WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
EYELET IPAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
EYELET ,SlNGLEi, ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL
EYELET ,PAlRi - LEFT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATERY
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Dut data:
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Standard In-Car Entertainment – Coupe Standard In-Car Entertainment – Coupe Fig. 16.2
RADIO
ANTENNA PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER DOOR REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE FULL RANGE
NP IC13 IC12
46 B+
IC10-1
NP
47 B+
IC10-10 NG
60
22 WY B+
BT19-3
NOT USED
I B B
IC10-11
O LGB LGB LGB LGB BT19-6 BTS20 FC38 FC38 DP19 DP19 RH24 RH24
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
19.1
Y C + IC10-5 IC2-14 RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4
BT1AL NOT USED
CAN
FC25-24
ANTENNA OP OG
G C – DP18 DP18
CAN 19.1 MOTOR -1 -2
FC25-47
OP OP OP P
IC1-12 FCS67 AC14-13 DP1-17
VEHICLE O UW UW I OG OG OG G
SPEED FC26-20 IC1-11 IC10-12 IC1-13 FCS68 AC14-14 DP1-23
SK SK SK K
IC10-18 IC1-1 AC14-4 DP1-11
SO SO SO O
cardiagn.com
RU RU IC10-17 IC1-2 AC14-3 DP1-12
LIGHTING IC10-3 KG KG KG
10.2
RLG RLG IC10-20 IC1-3 RH1-1
DIMMER OVERRIDE
IC10-4 BW BW BW
16.4
PO PO IC10-19 IC1-4 RH1-2
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-14
16.4
PK PK
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-15
16.4
PR PR KW KW
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-16 IC1-16 RH1-20 RH26-1
NOT USED
BG BG
IC1-17 RH1-12 RH26-2
CASSETTE
PY PY PY PY I
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 IC2-8 IC10-2 KB KB
3.3 Κ Ω IC1-18 RH1-5 RH27-1
NOT USED
BY BY
SEEK
IC1-19 RH1-6 RH27-2
6.8 Κ Ω
VOLUME +
20 Κ Ω
VOLUME - CASSETTE BS BS BS
BO BO BO BO BK IC10-8 IC1-7 RH1-4
SW4-2 SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS48 KP KP KP
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES IC10-9 IC1-8 RH1-3
PO PO PO O
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL IC10-6 IC1-9 AC14-1 DD1-12
PK PK PK K
IC10-7 IC1-10 AC14-2 DD1-11
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic UG FCS28 UG UG G
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. IC1-14 AC14-12 DD1-23
UP FCS27 UP UP P
IC8 IC7 IC1-15 AC14-11 DD1-17
BRD UP UG DD18 DD18

CD AUTO-CHANGER -1 -2
FC39 FC39 DD19 DD19 RH25 RH25

-1 -2 NOT USED -1 -2 -1 -2
RADIO / CASSETTE CE2
HEAD UNIT NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR DRIVER SIDE

FULL RANGE REAR QUARTER
FULL RANGE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Coupe Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

;J Pin Description Active Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
c x25-24 CANNETWORK 15- 1500HZ ANTENNA MOTOR BT19, B-WAY YAZAK, C S.” , WHITE TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
c FC25-47 CAN NETWORK 15 - 1500 Hz CD AUTO-CHANGER IC7, CD DATA CONNECTOR TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK FC25,48-WAY AMP PCB SlGNAL, BLACK FASCIA
0 FC26-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (26 KMIHI. 44 Hz 0 20 MPH 132 KM/HI Q B- X26,24-WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL, BLACK
MID-BASS SPEAKER - DRIVER DOOR DD19, Z~WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES. MID-BASS SPEAKER PASSENGER DOOR DP19,2-WAY GRDTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
POWER AMPLiFlER IC17,12-WAY MVLTILOCK 070, WHITE TRVNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
IC18, ,%WA,‘MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE
RADIO /CASSETTE HEAD UNIT IC8, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
lCt0, ZO~WAY MULTliOCK 070 /WHITE
RADIO ANTENNA IC12, COAXIAL CONNECTOR TRUNK, RlGHT HAND SIDE
RADlO CONTROL SWITCHES iSTEERING WHEEL) SW4 (FLYLEAD : 3.WAY EPC, BLACK AND WHlTE STEERING WHEEL
REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKER-DRIVER SlDE RH25 / *-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK i BLACK ,NTER,OR REAR QUARTER PANEL
REAR QUARTER MID-RANGE SPEAKER-PASSENGER SIDE RH24,2-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK ,NTERlOR REAR OUARTER PANEL
REAR SUB~WOOFER (CONVERTIBLE1 -DRIVER SIDE RH27 i 2.WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK INTERIOR REAR QUARTER PANEL
REAR SUB-WOOFER (CONVERTIBLEI -PASSENGER SIDE RH26, *-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK! BLACK INTERIOR REAR WARTER PANEL
REAR SUB-WOOFER ICOUPE) RHX, Z-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK PARCEL SHELF
RH27,2~WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK, BLACK
SQUAWKER IFASCIA) - DRIVER SIDE FC39, SWAY MVLTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA, DRIVER SIDE
SWAWKER FASCIA, - PASSENGER SlDE FC38, *-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE FASCIA, PASSENGER SIDE
TWEETER DRiVER DOOR DD18 iFLYLEAD,/ *-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK DRIVER DOOR
TWEETER - PASSENGER DOOR DP18 (FLYLEAD), 2-W*,’ MULTILOCK 040, BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
cardiagn.com
AC14 14~WAYMULTiLOCK070,SLATE FASCIA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MO”NTiNG BRACKET, RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT, 20.WAY MULTlLOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
DD1 *SWAY AMP FORD, BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘K POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
DPI 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SlDE ‘A’ PDST,‘K POSTTRIM
IC, ?‘&WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC2 11.WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
IC4 I-WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE TRUNK, LEFT OF ANTENNA ASSEMBLY
RH, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE RlGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLUMN
SW1 12.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK ,NS,DE STEERlNG COLUMN COWL
SW2 S-WAY JST , WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
BTIAL EYELET (PNR, - LEFT HAND LEG, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BTlCS EYELET ISINGLE,,ADJACENTTO BATTERY
CEZ EYELET (SINGLE) /ABOVE RIGHT HAND SIDE OF TRANSMlSSiON TUNNEL
FCSBL EYELET IPAIR) LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
REFERENCE ONLY.
COmPOnentS connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON: “Inactive” means a load is not aoolied or a switch is OFF. CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.

XK8 Range 1997 Premium In-Car Entertainment Premium In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.3
RADIO
ANTENNA
PASSENGER SIDE PASSENGER PASSENGER SIDE
NP SQUAWKER DOOR PASSENGER DOOR REAR QUARTER
IC13 IC12
46 B+ (FASCIA) TWEETER MID-BASS MID-RANGE
IC10-1
NP
47 B+
IC10-10 NG
60
22 WY B+
BT19-3
I B B
IC10-11
O LGB LGB LGB LGB LGB BT19-6 BTS20
IC10-5 ICS2 IC2-14 RH1-7 BT1-20 BT19-4 FC38 FC38 DP19 DP19 RH24 RH24
BT1AL
Y -1 -2 R B -1 -2 -1 -2
CAN 19.1 C + ANTENNA
FC25-24 MOTOR OP OG
19.1
G C – DP18 DP18
CAN -1 -2
FC25-47
OP OP OP OP P
NG IC18-6 IC1-12 FCS67 AC14-13 DP1-17
61 B+
VEHICLE O UW UW I IC17-5 OG OG OG OG G
SPEED FC26-20 IC1-11 IC10-12 NG IC18-16 IC1-13 FCS68 AC14-14 DP1-23
62 B+
IC17-12 SK SK SK K
IC18-14 IC1-1 AC14-4 DP1-11
LGB I SO SO SO O
cardiagn.com
RU RU IC18-1 IC18-13 IC1-2 AC14-3 DP1-12
LIGHTING KG KG KG
IC10-3
10.2
RLG RLG IC18-11 IC1-3 RH1-1
DIMMER OVERRIDE
IC10-4 B I BW BW BW
16.4
PO PO IC14-1 IC17-2 IC18-3 IC1-4 RH1-2
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-14 Y I PASSENGER SIDE
16.4
PK PK IC14-2 IC17-7 REAR SUB-WOOFER
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-15 G (CONVERTIBLE)
16.4
PR PR IC14-3 IC17-3
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-16 U I KW KW KW
IC14-4 IC17-6 IC18-7 IC1-16 RH1-20 RH26-1 RH26-1
R I BG BG BG
IC14-5 IC17-1 IC18-17 IC1-17 RH1-12 RH26-2 RH26-2
CASSETTE
PY PY PY PY I BRD
MODE SW4-1 SW2-2 SW1-2 SC3-2 IC2-8 IC10-2
3.3 Κ Ω KB KB KB
IC18-8 IC1-18 RH1-5 RH27-1 RH27-1
SEEK
6.8 Κ Ω BY BY BY
IC18-18 IC1-19 RH1-6 RH27-2 RH27-2
VOLUME +
20 Κ Ω
DRIVER SIDE
REAR SUB-WOOFER REAR SUB-WOOFER
VOLUME - CASSETTE
(CONVERTIBLE) (COUPE)
BO BO BO BO BK IC8 IC7
RADIO CONTROL SW4-2 SWS1 SW2-6 SW1-6 SC3-12 FCS48 BS BS BS

SWITCHES CD AUTO-CHANGER
IC18-2 IC1-7 RH1-4
KP KP KP
FC3BL
STEERING WHEEL IC18-10 IC1-8 RH1-3
BRD PO PO PO O
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic IC18-4 IC1-9 AC14-1 DD1-12
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not PK PK PK K
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. CE2 IC18-12 IC1-10 AC14-2 DD1-11
RADIO / CASSETTE UG UG FCS28 UG UG G
HEAD UNIT
IC18-15 IC1-14 AC14-12 DD1-23
UP UP FCS27 UP UP P
IC18-5 IC1-15 AC14-11 DD1-17
B B UP UG DD18 DD18
IC17-4 IC4-4 -1 -2
B B FC39 FC39 DD19 DD19 RH25 RH25

-1 -2 R B -1 -2 -1 -2
IC17-11 IC4-3
POWER AMPLIFIER
BT1CS
DRIVER SIDE DRIVER DRIVER DOOR DRIVER SIDE

SQUAWKER DOOR MID-BASS REAR QUARTER
(FASCIA) TWEETER MID-RANGE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
II II VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
COMPONENTS
Component Connector I Type I Color Location / Access
HANDSET RT4, TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
MiCROPHONE RFB, 2.WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
RADIO, CASSE”E HEAD “NIT ICB, COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
IClO, Z-WAY MULTILOCK 070 1)WHITE
iC14, POWER AMPLlFlER CONNECTOR
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT7, COAXIAL TRUNK, RIGHT HAND SIDE
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER RT2 j TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT5 / TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY
“OlCE RECOGNlTlON ACTlVATlOR 1 SWTCH FC77! l&WAY AMP ML KEY B, WHITE CENTER CONSOLE
iNAS VEHICLES ONLY)
IC2 ,.&WAY MULTlLOCK 070,WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RF1 IB-WAY MULTlLOCK 070, YELLOW RlGHT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET.“N POSTTRIM
RT3 TELEPHONE, PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
GROUNDS
cardiagn.com
FCZCS EYELET (SINGLE), RIGHT HAND ‘4’ POST
FC4CS EYELET (SlNGLEi, LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST
XK8 Range 1997 Radio Telephone Radio Telephone Fig. 16.4
NP
39 B+
TELEPHONE RT2-10
ANTENNA NP
40 B+
RT2-3
21 WG B+
I PO PO PO
RT7 RT2-2 O I
RT5-5 RT20-3 IC2-1 IC10-14
O PK PK PK PK I
RT5-10 RT8-2 RT20-2 IC2-2 IC10-15
W W U U RT8-2
O PR PR PR PR I
RT6-1 RT4-11 RT4-10 RT3-1 RT5-8
RT5-11 RT8-1 RT20-1 IC2-3 IC10-16
BRD BRD W B RT9-1
RT6-2 RT4-12 RT4-6 RT3-2 RT5-13
R RW RADIO / CASSETTE
RT4-2 RT3-3 RT5-7 HEAD UNIT
BRD
NOTE: RT8 and RT9 are the same connector with two designations.
RT5-1
cardiagn.com
Y R
RT4-3 RT3-4 RT5-4
O 0
RT4-4 RT3-5 RT5-3
N Y
RT4-5 RT3-6 RT2-8
G W
RT4-1 RT3-7 RT5-12
W K
RT4-9 RT3-10 RT5-14
P G
RT4-7 RT3-8 BRD RT2-6
BO
BRD RT5-6
W S
RT4-8 RT3-9 RT2-1
HANDSET
G G G
RF9-1 RF1-17 RT20-5 RT2-11
BRD BRD BRD
RF9-2 RF1-18 RT20-6 RT2-12
MICROPHONE
B U U
FC77--5 FC77-4 RT20-7 RT2-7
VOICE RECOGNITION
ACTIVATION SWITCH
(NAS VEHICLES ONLY) B
RT2-4
B B B
FCS2
RT20-8 RTS3 RT2-9
B
FC2CS
(FC4CS)
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
AIRBAG / SRS CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

3 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector I Type I Color Location I Access
FC29~4 GROUND GROUND GROUND AlRBAG - DRlVER SIDE (STEERING WHEEL) SW, 1 ,FLYLEADi /%WAY EPC ! BLACK CENTER OF STEERlNG WHEEL
0 FC29-5 MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK AIRBAG MIL GROUND BA AlRBAG - PASSENGER SIDE FC74 iFLYLEAD,/ BYWAY EPC II BLACK LEFT HAND SIDE OF AIRBAG ASSEMBLY
D FC29-6 SERIAL COMMUNlCATlON AlRBAG INTERROGATION CONNECTOR FC40 ,‘4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHlTE RIGHT HAND ‘K POST, ‘A’ POST TRIM
1 FC29-7 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B- GROUND AlRBAG : SRS CONTROL MODULE FC29,12~WAY FORD CARD I BLACK RIGHTHAND’Ix POST.‘A’POSTTRlM
I FC29-8 LH IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATVS 0” !NO FA”LT, FC30 I12~WAY FORD CARD /SLATE
I FCZB-9 RH IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS IMPACT SENSOR - RH LF51 : I-WAY FORD CARD ‘WHITE FRONT UPPER CROSS MEMBER ‘FORWARD OF RADIATOR
GROUND (NO FAULTi
IMPACT SENSOR - LH LEO &WAY FORD CARD /WHITE FRONT UPPER CROSS MEMBER lFORWARD OF RADIATOR
DRIVERS SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B- ‘SHORTED SAFING SENSOR) OPEN ClRC”lT
DRIVERS SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND (SHORTED IMPACT SENSOR, OPEN ClRCUlT
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND S”PPL\ GROUND iSHORTED IMPACT SENSOR, OPEN ClRC”lT HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B* lSHORTED SAFING SENSOR, OPEN ClRCUlT
lGNlTlON SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B- GROUND
FVSED SUPPLY lNTERR”PT GROUND (FAULT PRESENT) B- iNO FAULT, LF2 B-WAYFORDCARD: BLACK LEFT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET ‘K POST TRIM
DEPLOYMENT BATTERY POWER SUPPLY SW0 BYWAY EPC! BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
BI B+
COMMON A:RBAG GROVND SUPPLY GROUND (SHORTED IMPACT SENSOR, OPEN CIRCUIT
LH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND ,SHORTEDI B7
RH IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTEDi B- GROUNDS
COMMON AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY OPEN ClRCUlT
GROUND iSHORTED IMPACT SENSOR) Ground Location I Type
CODE RETRIEVAL PULSED OUTPUT GROUND (PULSED) B-
FClS EYELET lSlNGLEi! RIGHT HAND A POST
cardiagn.com
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Airbag System Airbag System Fig. 17.1
19.1
R D
FC29-6
24 WK NOTE: This symbol represents a shorting

I
B+ bar used to short terminals together when the
FC29-7 connector is separated.
25 WK
B+
I
FC30-6
RW O O
13
FC30-7
FUSE
BLOW FC30-3 KN SO
SW10-3 SW11-3
CASSETTE
FUSE BLOW
SWITCH DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG
CAUTION: Do not substitute another
fuse value for the Airbag System 10A RP R
Battery fuse. O
FC30-2 SW10-1 SW11-1
cardiagn.com
CASSETTE
RW I
14
FC30-8
STEERING WHEEL
SAFING
SENSOR O
FC30-5 RG RG
FC74-1
RW PASSENGER
12 DEPLOYMENT POWER
ENERGY RESERVE SIDE AIRBAG
RW O KP KP
FC40-1 FC30-4 FC74-3
RS O
FC40-2 FC30-11
YW
FC40-4
BK
FC40-3
AIRBAG
INTERROGATION I ON ON
CONNECTOR LF51-1
FC29-12 LF2-4
I KU KU RH
FC29-5 IMPACT
MAJOR INSTRUMENT PACK – AIRBAG FAILURE 08.1
YW YW D FC30-10 LF2-5 LF51-2
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FCS64 OP OP SENSOR
I
FC29-9 LF2-6 LF51-4
BK I
FC29-4
I YU YU
FC29-11 LF2-1 LF50-1
BK I I KG KG
FCS45
LF50-2
LH
FC30-12 FC30-9 LF2-2 IMPACT WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE
I OW OW SENSOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM 10A BATTERY FUSE
BK FC29-8 LF2-3 LF50-4 UNLESS THE AIRBAG SYSTEM HAS BEEN
DE-ACTIVATED.
FC1S
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE
THE RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG
ASSEMBLY. DOING SO MAY TRIGGER
AIRBAG / SRS AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLY
CONTROL MODULE RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E

7 Pin Description Active Inactive Component Connector /Type I Color Location / Access
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B- B+ BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC14! 104~WAY AMP EEEC, SLATE PASSENGER SIDE FASClA I AIRBAG BRACKET
LOGIC GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND CIGAR LIGHTER ‘X42 1 CIGAR LIGHTER! BLACK FORWARD OF GEAR SELECTOR
HORN RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (HORN SOUNDING, B- FC59 LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY ,LDGICl FASCIA ACCESSORY CONNECTOR F&i, S-WAY AMP SERIES 260 ‘BLACK FASC14.‘ADJACENTTO RIGHT HANDSlDE OF GLOVE BOX
B- B-
POWER GROUND SUPPLY FUSE BOX ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 10.WAY U T A FUSEBOX ‘WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT LEFT FRONT
GPOUND GROUND
LF6, 10.WAY U T A FUSEBOX BLACK
LF7, IO-WAY ” T A. FUSEBOX ‘GREEN
LFB 10.WAY ” T A FUSEBOX ‘BLUE
LF70’ EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK BTlO l&WAY U T A. FUSEBOX; NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRlCAL CARRIER
BTll fl 10.WAY U T A. FUSEBOX f BLACK
BT12; ,&WAY U TA FUSEBOX GREEN
BT13, 10~WAY U TA FUSEBOX BLUE
BTSb I EYELET
GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLEi RF,, , HYBRlC WHlTE ROOF CONSOLE
RF,0 (FLYLEAD) II S-WAY MULTILOCK 070 1 SLATE
HORN SWlTCHES (STEERING WHEEL, HP1 I ,-WAY BLADE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
HP2 ’ I-WAY BLADE
HP3 )_EYELET
HORN - LH LF16, LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE FRONT BUMPER 1 REAR
LF17 i LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
HORN - RH LF14! LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE FRONT BUMPER! REAR
LF15 I_LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR BT25, S-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN! BLACK TRUNK, ADJACENT TO BATTERY
RELAYS
Relay Color I Stripe Connector / Color Location / Access
cardiagn.com
HORN RELAY ,W BROWN BUS ENGlNE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (861 BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT58 d-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK TRUNK, ABOVE RIGHT HAND REAR WHEEL ARCH
LF60 ZO~WAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE LEFT HAND ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘4’ POST TRIM
RF, 18.WAY MULTILOCK 070, YELLOW RlGHT HAND ‘N POST CONNECTOR MOUNTlNG BRACKET,‘K POSTTRIM
RH14 Z-WAY ECONOSEAL 111HC, BLACK REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SC2 10~WAY MULTILOCK 070 /YELLOW ADJACENTTO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 12.WAY MULTILOCK 070, SLATE RlGHT HAND SIDE OF STEERING COLVMN
SW1 ,*-WAY MULTILOCK 040, BLACK INSlDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 B-WAY JST , WHITE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
FClBR EYELET (PAIR, -RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FC2BL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, RiGHT HAND ‘R POST
FCZBR EYELET ,PAlRi RIGHT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND ‘A’ POST
FCBAS EYELET ISINGLE,, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
FCBBL EYELET iPAIR, LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘I’ POST
FCBBR EYELET (PAIR) - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘L’ POST
FC4BL EYELET (PAlR) - LEFT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
FC4BR EYELET iPAIR - RIGHT HAND LEG, LEFT HAND ‘K POST
LFlAL EYELET (PAIR) - LEFT HAND LEG, RIGHT HAND HEADLAMP
LF2BR EYELET (PAlRi - RlGHT HAND LEG, ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FORWARD OF LEFT HAND HOOD LATCH
REFERENCE ONLY.

XK8 Range 1997 Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 18.1
NB YB YB
15 B+
FC14-80 #11 10A LF7-1 LF14
CASSETTE B B
HP1
GU GU GU I LFS8 LF15
SW2-1 SW1-1 SC3-1 FC14-4 3 5 YW
4 LF1AL
#13 10A LF7-5
GU RH HORN
CASSETTE
1 2 GS
HP2 4
BK BK BK BK BK HORN LF6-6
HP3 SW2-5 SW1-5 SCS1 SC2-9 FCS48 CONTROL

HORN RELAY (#6) †
HORN YW 23 WU B B
I
SWITCHES ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX LF16 FC42-2 FC42-1 FCS49
FC3BL
O GS B B
STEERING WHEEL FC14-70 LF60-14 LFS9 LF17
CIGAR LIGHTER FC4BR
(FC2BR)
B I LF2BR
CAUTION: The Steering Wheel contains two logic POWER
FC14-103
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not LH HORN
BK I
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits. LOGIC
FC14-65
cardiagn.com
FC3AS
HORNS CIGAR LIGHTER
NLG
27
BT25-1
PN PN TRUNK
BT12-1 BTS38 ACCESSORY NR
#11 10A BT25-3
CONNECTOR 17
B RF10-2 RF11-1
3 5 BT25-2
1
#13 BT12-5
BT2BR BT2BS
2 1 WN 14
1 I
BT11-6
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6) NOTE: BT2BR – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.
TRUNK FUSE BOX

BK
NLG RFS1 RF10-1 RF11-2
28 BK
FC51-1
PN PN PN FASCIA
RF1-3
ACCESSORY
BT58-1 RH14-1 FC51-3
CONNECTOR
B
BK GARAGE DOOR
FC51-2 OPENER
FC2BL FC3BR
(FC4BL) (FC1BR)
ROOF CONSOLE
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS GARAGE DOOR OPENER

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component Connector /Type I Color Location I Access
ABS!TRACTION
CONTROL
CONTROL
MODULE LF37j 25.w*.yAMPHYBRlC!BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,FRONT
LEFT
ADAPT,“E
DAMPINGCONTROL
MODULE mm ,35~WAY AMP,BLACK TR”NK:ADJACENTTO ELECTRlCALCARRlER
AIRCONDlTlONiNG
CONTROL
MODULE A/CUNIT:RIGHTHANDSIDE
AIRBAG,SRSCONTROL
MODULE
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE PASSENGER SlDE FASCIA AIRBAG BRACKET
DATALINKCONNECTOR BELOW DRl”ER SIDE FUSE BOX
DXR COYTROLMOD”LE- DRl’dER DRIVER DOOR DOOR CASING
DOORCONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER PASSENGER DOOR: DOOR CASlNG
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE ENGlYE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
GEARSELECTOR
MODULE FRONT OF GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY
KEYTRANSPONDER
MODULE ADJACENTTO PASSENGER SIDE FUSE BOX
MAJORiNSTR”MENT
PACK FC25 I WWAY AMP PCB SlGNAL! BLACK FASCIA
FCX, 24~WAY AMP PCB SIGNAL i BLACK
SEATCONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEATCONTROL MODULE
-PASSENGER BELOW SEAT CUSHION
BT40 116.WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER I BLACK TRUNK, ELECTRICAL CARRIER

BT41 ,2W”dAY FORD IDC, BLACK
RHZO i COAXlAL CONNECTOR
cardiagn.com
EM,! 88-WAY BOSCH, BLACK ENGlNE COMPARTMENT: CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
AC14 I4~WAY
MULTILOCK
070,SLATE FASClA BOTTOM CONNECTOR MOVNTING BRACKET! RIGHT HAND SIDE
BT, 20.WAY M”LTlLOCK 070, WHITE TR”NK,ABO”E RIGHT HAND REARWHEELARCH
DD1 23WAY AMP FORD! BLACK DR,“ER SlDE ‘A’ POST MOUNTING BRACKET, ‘A’ POST TRIM
DP1 23WAY AMP - FORD, BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘A’ POST,‘A’ POSTTRIM
EM1 PWVVAY MULTILOCK 070, WHITE ENGlNE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO RlGHT HAND ENCLOSURE
PA12 1%WAY MULTILOCK 070,YELLOW REAR OF CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SD1 BYWAY MULTlLOCK 070,YELLOW BELOW DRIVER SEAT
SP1 B-WAY MULTILOCK &W/YELLOW BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
GROUNDS
FCSBL EYELET iPAlRi- LEFTHANDLEG/LEFTHAND‘A’ POST

XK8 Range 1997 Networks; Serial Data Links Networks; Serial Data Links Fig. 19.1
NP
20 B+
NOT USED C + + C
Y C + + C
Y C + + C
Y Y C + + C
Y C + FC53-16
LF37-11 LF37-5 EM7-83 EM7-86 EM10-26 EM10-28 EM1-6 FC88-4 FC88-9 FC25-24 18 WR B+
G G G G G II FC53-9
NOT USED C – – C C – – C C – – C C – – C C –
LF37-10 LF37-15 EM7-82 EM7-85 EM10-25 EM10-27 EM1-7 FC88-3 FC88-8 FC25-47 19 WN
I FC53-8
4 WO
II FC53-1
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL TRANSMISSION CONTROL ENGINE CONTROL GEAR SELECTOR MODULE †
MODULE + C
Y Y C +
CONTROL MODULE MODULE
FC25-23 FC53-6
– C
G G C –
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN) FC25-48 FC53-14
U S –
FC25-20
S S +
FC25-19
– S
U
FC14-84
+ S
S
FC14-85
U S –
FC53-10
S S +
BODY PROCESSOR FC53-2
MODULE
– S
U U U U U S – NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port;
BT40-16 BT1-10 RH12-15 FCS11 SP1-3 SP5-10
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
S S S S S
cardiagn.com
+ S S +
BT40-8 BT1-11 RH12-16 FCS12 SP1-8 † SP5-9
P P
FCCP D D
EM11-3 EM1-5 FC53-12
W W
SECURITY AND LOCKING PASSENGER SEAT VFP D D
EM13-2 EM1-20 FC53-13
– S
U U ACS5 U U U U S –
ENGINE CONTROL
DP10-9 DP1-8 † AC14-8 SD1-3 SD5-10
MODULE
+ S
S S ACS6 S S S S S +
DP10-16 DP1-3 AC14-9 SD1-8 † SD5-9
SERIAL D R D
OUTPUT FC29-6 FC53-3
PASSENGER DOOR DRIVER SEAT

– S
U U
AIRBAG / SRS
+ S
DD10-9
S
DD1-8 †
S
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP) CONTROL MODULE
DD10-16 DD1-3
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE K D
FC53-15
O D
FC53-7
BK
FC53-4
D K K K FCS15 BK
FCS48
BT69-28 BT1-12 RH12-4 FC53-5
D O O O FCS16 O D
BT69-10 BT1-13 RH12-5 FC22-6
DATA LINK
FC3BL CONNECTOR
NOTE: Serial Data Link:

ADAPTIVE DAMPING KEY TRANSPONDER
CONTROL MODULE MODULE K wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – Bi-directional Serial Communication
D K K K K D
EM10-12 EM1-1 AC14-5 AC4-10
D O O O O D
EM10-13 EM1-2 AC14-6 AC4-21
ENGINE CONTROL SERIAL DATA LINK AIR CONDITIONING

MODULE CONTROL MODULE
1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

Input O
19 Communications
Fig. 01.1 1 I
CAN (Network) S
II E E E
cardiagn.com
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix:
BPM Body Processor Module

DIAG Diagnostics
DDCM Driver Door Control Module
DSCM Driver Seat Control Module
IP Instrument Pack
PDCM Passenger Door Control Module
PSCM Passenger Seat Control Module
R Receive
T Transmit
SLCM Security and Locking Control Module
cardiagn.com
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 i

Appendix XK8 Range 1997
CAN Messages by Node

NODE: Engine Control Module
Transmitted by ECM
Message Useage
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control
CAN traction control estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
CAN engine speed Engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on
CAN OBD II clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
CAN engine OBD II MIL MIL control for OBD II DTCs
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
cardiagn.com
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM
CAN engine fault codes EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
CAN fuel used Derived from injector pulse duration
CAN NWM token ECM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM From external diagnostics device only
ii DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

Appendix

NODE: Engine Control Module
Received by ECM
Message Usage Source
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention ABS
CAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard ABS
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off ABS
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management TCM
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque TCM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning ABS
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes ABS
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared ABS
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on ABS
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems ABS
CAN sidelamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control IP
cardiagn.com
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control IP
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control IP
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure IP
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank IP
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank IP
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning TCM
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on TCM
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes TCM
CAN left front wheel speed Front left wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Front right wheel speed ABS
CAN left rear wheel speed Rear left wheel speed ABS
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token – IP Message for monitoring network status IP
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 iii


NODE: Transmission Control Module
Transmitted by TCM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction request For shift energy management
CAN transmission overload Protects transmission against excessive torque
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip
CAN kickdown Kickdown status
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature
CAN transmission malfunction Transmission malfunction warning
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM
CAN TCM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II DTCs have been cleared
cardiagn.com
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM To external diagnostics device only
Received by TCM
CAN ABS status Indicates whether ABS is operating ABS
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN torque reduction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management ECM
CAN engine speed Engine speed ECM
CAN brake pedal pressed Brake switch status ECM
CAN cruise status Cruise control system status ECM
CAN OBD II clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN engine OBD II MIL MIL control for OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN throttle malfunction red Red throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN throttle malfunction amber Amber throttle malfunction warnings ECM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine fault codes EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes ECM
CAN left front wheel speed Front left wheel speed ABS
CAN right front wheel speed Front right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM From external diagnostics device only DIAG
iv DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

Appendix

NODE: Instrument Pack
Transmitted by IP
Message Usage
CAN sidelamp status Side lamp state for idle speed control
CAN dipped beam status Dipped beam state for idle speed control
CAN main beam status Main beam state for idle speed control
CAN oil pressure low Indicates low engine oil pressure
CAN fuel level damped Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN fuel level raw Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
CAN NWM token – IP Message for monitoring network status
CAN diagnostic data out – IP To external diagnostics device only
Received by IP
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size ABS
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size ABS
cardiagn.com
CAN park brake status Indicates whether the parking brake is on ECM
CAN gear position selected Position of transmission rotary switch TCM
CAN gear selection fault Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected TCM
CAN transmission oil temperature Transmission fluid temperature TCM
CAN TCM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of TCM TCM
CAN engine coolant temperature Engine coolant temperature in Celsius ECM
CAN ECM PECUS flag PECUS programmed status of ECM ECM
CAN fuel used Derived from injector pulse duration ECM
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed ABS
CAN NWM token ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN NWM token ABS Message for monitoring network status ABS
CAN diagnostic data in inst From external diagnostics device only DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 v


NODE: ABS / Traction Control Control Module
Transmitted by ABS/TC CM
Message Usage
CAN torque reduction throttle For traction control – throttle intervention
CAN fast torque reduction ignition Fast stability control response – ignition retard
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
CAN traction status Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
CAN vehicle reference speed Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
CAN reference distance traveled Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
CAN ABS fault codes ABS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge Acknowledgment that OBD II ABS DTCs have been cleared
CAN ABS fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
CAN ABS malfunction Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
CAN ABS status Indicates whether ABS is operating
CAN left front wheel speed Front left wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed Front right wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed Rear left wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed Rear right wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ABS Message for monitoring network status
cardiagn.com
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS From external diagnostics device only
Received by ABS/TC CM
CAN traction acknowledge Confirms torque reduction for traction control ECM
CAN traction control estimated engine torque Derived from map of engine characteristics ECM
CAN transmission input speed Transmission input shaft speed TCM
CAN transmission output speed Transmission output shaft speed TCM
CAN torque converter slip Percentage of torque converter slip TCM
CAN kickdown Kickdown status TCM
CAN throttle position Throttle valve position ECM
CAN pedal position Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand ECM
CAN OBD II clear fault codes Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBD II DTCs ECM
CAN gear position actual Actual transmission gear state TCM
CAN torque converter status Indicates torque converter lockup TCM
CAN transmission shift map Dynamic shift program currently selected TCM
CAN transmission fault codes TCM DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes TCM
CAN ECM fault code MIL status Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on ECM
CAN engine fault codes EMS DTCs, including OBD II P and C codes ECM
CAN NWM token – ECM Message for monitoring network status ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM Message for monitoring network status TCM
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS From external diagnostics device only DIAG
vi DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

Appendix

NODE: Gear Selector Module (listen only)
Received by Gear Selector Module
CAN gear position selected Gear selector indicator illumination TCM
CAN gear selection fault TCM
cardiagn.com
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 vii

CAN Message Matrix

Gear
Message ABS TCM ECM IP Selector Diagnostics
CAN torque reduction throttle T .................................. R .................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction ignition T .................................. R .................................................................................
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder T .................................. R .................................................................................
CAN traction acknowledge R ................................. T .................................................................................
CAN traction control estimated engine torque R ................................. T .................................................................................
CAN torque reduction request ................ T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN transmission overload ................ T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN transmission input speed R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN transmission out speed R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN torque converter slip R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN kickdown R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN traction status T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
CAN vehicle reference speed T .................................. R ............... R ..............................................................
CAN reference distance traveled T ..................................................... R ..............................................................
CAN ABS fault codes T .................................. R .................................................................................
CAN OBD II ABS clear acknowledge T .................................. R .................................................................................
CAN ABS fault code MIL status T .................................. R .................................................................................
CAN ABS malfunction T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
cardiagn.com
CAN ABS status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN throttle position R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN pedal position R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN torque reduction acknowledge ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN engine speed R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN brake pedal pressed R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN cruise status ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN park brake status ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN OBD II clear fault codes R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN sidelamp status ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
CAN dipped beam status ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
CAN main beam status ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
CAN oil pressure low ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
CAN fuel level raw ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
CAN fuel level damped ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
CAN gear position actual R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN torque converter status R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN gear position selected R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ...........................................
CAN gear selection fault R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ...........................................
CAN transmission shift map R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN transmission oil temperature ................ T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
CAN transmission malfunction R .............. T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
CAN TCM PECUS flag ................ T .................................. R ..............................................................
CAN TCM fault code MIL status ................ T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN OBD II TCM clear acknowledge ................ T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN transmission fault codes R .............. T ............... R .................................................................................
CAN engine coolant temperature ................ R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN engine OBD II MIL R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN throttle malfunction red R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN throttle malfunction amber R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN ECM fault code MIL status R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN ECM PECUS flag ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN engine fault codes R .............. R ............... T .................................................................................
CAN fuel used ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN left front wheel speed T ............... R ............... R .................................................................................
CAN right front wheel speed T ............... R ............... R .................................................................................
CAN left rear wheel speed T .................................. R .................................................................................
CAN right rear wheel speed T .................................. R ............... R ..............................................................
viii DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

Appendix
Gear
Message ABS TCM ECM IP Selector Diagnostics
CAN NWM token – ECM R .............. R ............... T ............... R ..............................................................
CAN NWM token – TCM R .............. T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
CAN NWM token – IP R .............. R ............... R ............... T ..............................................................
CAN NWM token – ABS T ............... R ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM ................................... R ............................................................. T ................
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM ................ R ................................................................................ T ................
CAN diagnostic data in – IP ...................................................... R .......................................... T ................
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS R .................................................................................................. T ................
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM ................................... T ............................................................. R ................
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM ................ T ................................................................................ R ................
CAN diagnostic data out – IP ...................................................... T .......................................... R ................
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS T ................................................................................................... R ................
cardiagn.com
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 ix

SCP Message Matrix

# Message Name IP BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM SLCM
1 Vehicle speed T ............... R ............... R ........................................................................ R .....
2 Brake pedal pressed T ............... R ....................................................................................................
3 SLCM not programmed R ............................................................................................................. T .....
4 BPM not programmed R .............. T ....................................................................................................
5 DDCM not programmed R ................................. T .................................................................................
6 DSCM not programmed R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
7 PDCM not programmed R .................................................... T ..............................................................
8 PSCM not programmed R .......................................................................................... T ........................
9 Left hand drive vehicle ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
10 Valet mode OFF ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
11 Non-convertible vehicle ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
12 Right hand drive vehicle ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
13 Valet mode ON ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
14 Convertible vehicle ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
15 Request vehicle drive side ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
16 Request valet mode status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
17 Request convertible status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
18 Reverse gear selected T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
19 Not-in-park switch - inactive ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................
cardiagn.com
20 Not-in-park switch - active ................ T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ........................
21 Request not-in-park switch status ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
22 Request not-in-park switch status ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
23–58 Diagnostic messages ........................................................................................................................
59 Charging OK T ........................................................................ R ............... R ........................
60 Inertia switch inactive ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
61 Inertia switch active ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
62 Request inertia switch status ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
63 Request inertia switch status ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
64 Ignition status R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
65 Key not-in-ignition ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
66 Key in-ignition ................ T ............... R ............... R ..................................................... R .....
67 Request ignition status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
68 Request ignition status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
69 Request ignition status ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
70 Request ignition status ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
71 Request ignition status ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
72 Request ignition status ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
73 Request key-in status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
74 Request key-in status ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
75 Request key-in status ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
76 Request key-in status ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
77 Seat belt tell tale OFF R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
78 Low washer fluid warning OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
79 Convertible top latch warning OFF R ............................................................................................................. T .....
80 Seat belt tell tale ON R ....................................................................... T ...........................................
81 Low washer fluid warning ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
82 Convertible top latch warning ON R ............................................................................................................. T .....
83 Request washer fluid status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
84 Request convertible top latch status T .............................................................................................................. R .....
85 Security audible indication ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
86 Remote panic ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
87 Security disarm ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
88 Glass break fault ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
89 Security armed ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
90 Key valid ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
x DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

Appendix

91 Glass break detected ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
92 Request security arm status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
93 Request security arm status ................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
94 Request security arm status ...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
95 Seat belt chime OFF ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
96 Seat belt chime ON ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
97 Request seat belt chime status ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
166 Recall memory 1 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
167 Recall memory 2 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
168 Save memory 1 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
169 Save memory 2 ................ R ............... T ............... R ............... R ...........................................
170 DDCM memory 1 recalled ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
171 DSCM memory 1 recalled ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
172 PDCM memory 1 recalled ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
173 DDCM memory 2 recalled ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
174 DSCM memory 2 recalled ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
175 PDCM memory 2 recalled ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
176 Park fold-back mirrors ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................
cardiagn.com
177 Unfold fold-back mirrors ................................... T .................................. R ............... R ........................
178 Stop driver mirror ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
179 Stop passenger mirror ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
180 Driver mirror up ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
181 Passenger mirror up ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
182 Driver mirror down ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
183 Passenger mirror down ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
184 Passenger mirror right ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
185 Passenger mirror left ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
186 Unlock driver door ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
187 Unlock passenger door ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
188 Remote unlock ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
189 Remote trunk release ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
190 Lock front doors ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
191 Lock front doors ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
192 Remote superlock ................................... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
193 Superlock driver door ......................................................................... T ...........................................
194 Superlock passenger door ................................... T .................................................................................
195 Remote lock ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
196 Vehicle unlocked ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
197 Driver door unlocked ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
198 Passenger door unlocked ................ R .................................. R ..................................................... T .....
199 Driver lock switch status ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
200 Passenger lock switch status ................ R .................................. T ..................................................... R .....
201 Driver door unsuperlocked ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
202 Passenger door unsuperlocked ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
203 Vehicle locked ................ R ............... T ........................................................................ R .....
204 Driver door locked ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
205 Passenger door locked ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
206 Driver door superlocked ................ R ............... T .................................................................................
207 Passenger door superlocked ................ R .................................. T ..............................................................
208 Request vehicle lock status ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
209 Request driver door lock status ................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
210 Request passenger door status ...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
211 Request driver key barrel status ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
212 Request driver key barrel status ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
(continued)
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 xi

SCP Message Matrix

213 Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
214 Request passenger key barrel status (deleted) ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
215 Request superlock status ................ T ............... R ............... R ..............................................................
216 Open trunk ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
217 Hood closed R .............. T ........................................................................................... R .....
218 Driver door closed R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R .....
219 Passenger door closed R .............. R ..................................................... T ............... R ............... R .....
220 Trunk closed R .............. R ........................................................................................... T .....
221 Stop fuel filler flap open ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
222 Convertible top latch status ................ T ....................................................................................................
223 Hood ajar R .............. T ........................................................................................... R .....
224 Driver door ajar R .............. R ............... T .................................. R .................................. R .....
225 Passenger door ajar R .............. R .................................. T .................................. R ............... R .....
226 Trunk ajar R .............. R ........................................................................................... T .....
227 Open fuel filler flap ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
228 Request hood ajar status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
229 Request driver door ajar status ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
230 Request driver door status ................ T ............... R .................................................................................
231 Request driver door ajar status ................................... R .................................. T ...........................................
cardiagn.com
232 Request passenger door ajar status ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
233 Request trunk ajar status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
234 Request convertible top latch switches status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
235 Driver seat heater tell tale OFF ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
236 Passenger seat heater tell tale OFF ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
237 Driver seat heater tell tale ON ................ R ..................................................... T ...........................................
238 Passenger seat heater tell tale ON ................ R ........................................................................ T ........................
239 Request driver heater tell tale status ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
240 Request passenger heater tell tale status ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................
241 Stop global window open ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
242 Stop global window close ................ R ............... R ............... R ..................................................... T .....
243 Position driver window ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
244 Position passenger window ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
245 Position rear quarters ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
246 Driver window position ................................... T ........................................................................ R .....
247 Passenger window position ...................................................... T ..................................................... R .....
248 Stop passenger window open ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
249 Stop convertible top open ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
250 Stop passenger window close ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
251 Stop convertible top close ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
252 Open passenger window ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
253 Open convertible top ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
254 Close passenger window ................................... T ............... R ..............................................................
255 Close convertible top ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
256 Request driver window position ................................... R ........................................................................ T .....
257 Request passenger window position ...................................................... R ..................................................... T .....
258 Request driver and passenger window switch status ................................... R ............... T ..............................................................
259 Driver seat heater switch active ................ T ..................................................... R ...........................................
260 Passenger seat heater switch active ................ T ........................................................................ R ........................
261 Front bulb failure R .............. T ....................................................................................................
262 Rear bulb failure R ............................................................................................................. T .....
263 Front bulbs OK R .............. T ....................................................................................................
264 Rear bulbs OK R ............................................................................................................. T .....
265 Request front bulb fail status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
266 Request rear bulb fail status T .............................................................................................................. R .....
267 Rear fog lamps OFF ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
268 Remote head lamp convenience OFF ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
xii DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

Appendix

269 Rear fog lamps ON ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
270 Remote head lamp convenience ON ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
271 Dip beam OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
272 Sidelamps OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
273 Hazard warning OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
274 Left DI lamp OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
275 Right DI lamp OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
276 Main beam OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
277 Rear fog lamps OFF ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
278 Main beam flash OFF ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
279 Request rear fog switch status ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
280 Request remote headlamp convenience status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
281 Dip beam ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
282 Sidelamps ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
283 Hazards ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
284 Left DI lamp ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
285 Right DI lamp ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
286 Main beam ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
287 Rear fog lamps ON ................ R ........................................................................................... T .....
cardiagn.com
288 Main beam flash ON ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
289 Request dip beam status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
290 Request sidelamps status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
291 Request left DI status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
292 Request right DI status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
293 Request main beam status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
294 Request hazard warning status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
295 Request rear fog lamps status ................ T ........................................................................................... R .....
296 Interior lamps OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
297 Interior lamps ON R .............. T ....................................................................................................
298 Request interior lighting status T ............... R ....................................................................................................
299 Valet mode message OFF R .............. T ....................................................................................................
300 Recoding keying message OFF R ............................................................................................................. T .....
301 Valet mode message R .............. T ....................................................................................................
302 Recoding keying message R ............................................................................................................. T .....
357 Wake up (SLCM) ............................................................................................................... T .....
358 Wake up (BPM) ................ T ....................................................................................................
359 Wake up (IP) T .......................................................................................................................
360 Wake up (DDCM) ................................... T .................................................................................
361 Wake up (DSCM) ......................................................................... T ...........................................
362 Wake up (PDCM) ...................................................... T ..............................................................
363 Wake up (PSCM) ............................................................................................ T ........................
364 Network awake (SLCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T .....
365 Network awake (BPM) R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
366 Network awake (IP) T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
367 Network awake (DDCM) R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
368 Network awake (DSCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R .....
369 Network awake (PDCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
370 Network awake (PSCM) R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....
371 SLCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T .....
372 BPM entering sleep mode R .............. T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
373 IP entering sleep mode T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
374 DDCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
375 DSCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R .....
376 PDCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... T ............... R ............... R ............... R .....
377 PSCM entering sleep mode R .............. R ............... R ............... R ............... R ............... T ............... R .....
DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 xiii

1997jaguar XK8 Range Electrical Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1997jaguar XK8 Range Electrical Guide PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO

Electrical Guide Format

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 1

Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 9

2 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

03 Battery; Starter; Generator

06 Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control

08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings

DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 3

11 Steering; Mirrors; Suspension

14 Wash / Wipe System

15 Window Lifts; Convertible Top

16 In-Car Entertainment; Telephone

17 Supplementary Restraint System

19 Vehicle Network Systems

4 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – LHD ............................................. Fig. 04.2

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH – RHD ............................................ Fig. 04.2

BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 5

GARAGE DOOR OPENER (ROOF CONSOLE) ......................... Fig. 18.1

6 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.2

RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.2

RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1

RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1

DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 7

SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1

8 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1

TWEETERS .............................................................................. Fig. 16.3

VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1

VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2

VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – LHD ............................. Fig. 11.1

VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER – RHD ............................ Fig. 11.1

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1

VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1

VOICE RECOGNITION ACTIVATION SWITCH

WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – DRIVER DOOR

WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES – PASSENGER DOOR

WINDOW LIFTS ...................................................................... Fig. 15.1

WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2

WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1

DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 9

Figure and Data Page Layout

10 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE COMPONENTS

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)

FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

BT68 BATTERY HIGH POWER

SECURITY Y Y Y NOTE: Check market specification and/or

† NOTE: Early production vehicles (➞ VIN 003300) have connector pin

1 6 7 53 Fig. 01.2 6 40 Fig. 01.4 I

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE

DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 11

12 DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996

Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes

Wiring Harness Codes

DATE OF ISSUE: OCTOBER 1996 13